WO2024012355A1 - 通信方法和装置 - Google Patents

通信方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024012355A1
WO2024012355A1 PCT/CN2023/106229 CN2023106229W WO2024012355A1 WO 2024012355 A1 WO2024012355 A1 WO 2024012355A1 CN 2023106229 W CN2023106229 W CN 2023106229W WO 2024012355 A1 WO2024012355 A1 WO 2024012355A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
resource
information
transmission
cot
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/106229
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘云
焦瑞晟
薛丽霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210962004.2A external-priority patent/CN117460070A/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024012355A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024012355A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/14—Spectrum sharing arrangements between different networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25—Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
  • the terminal device needs to select physical resources for transmitting data in the resource pool. For example, the terminal device can seize the channel by listening before talk (LBT), or share the resources obtained by other terminal devices after seizing the channel to transmit data.
  • LBT listening before talk
  • the base station has a wide coverage area and can receive resource requests sent by user equipment (UE) within a certain range.
  • UE user equipment
  • these UEs may not necessarily be able to hear each other's messages. That is to say, when UE1 shares the resources obtained after seizing the channel with other UEs, other UEs may not be able to hear UE1's messages. Unable to transmit on the allocated resources, thus causing a waste of channel occupancy time (COT) resources, and even causing COT resources to be interrupted.
  • COT channel occupancy time
  • This application provides a communication method and device that can ensure the utilization of COT resources and thereby improve system transmission performance.
  • the first aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first terminal device (for example, UE1), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the first terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a first terminal device for example, UE1
  • a chip or circuit used in the first terminal device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: a first terminal device sending first information to at least one second terminal device, the first information being used to indicate feedback from at least one second terminal device; the first terminal device receiving feedback from a third terminal device, and the third terminal device It is a terminal device that has provided feedback among at least one second terminal device; the first terminal device sends first resource indication information, the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource, and the first resource is used for transmission of the third terminal device,
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, and the first resource includes frequency domain resources and/or time domain resources.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device that successfully seizes the COT.
  • the first terminal device is directed to Based on the feedback, the third terminal device allocates the resources in the preempted COT, which can reduce resource waste and even prevent the COT from being interrupted, thereby improving system transmission performance and ensuring system throughput.
  • the first information is also used to indicate at least one resource location fed back by at least one second terminal device, and the at least one second terminal device corresponds one-to-one to the at least one resource location.
  • the first terminal device can accurately know which terminal device the second terminal device has provided feedback to facilitate subsequent allocation of resources to it.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device sends the first information to at least one second terminal device, the first terminal device receives the second information from the network device, and the second information It is used to determine to allocate the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device to at least one second terminal device, and the second information includes the identification information of the at least one second terminal device.
  • the network device does not allocate the COT resources of the first terminal device in advance, and notifies the first terminal device of which resources it will share with the corresponding at least one second terminal device.
  • the identification of the at least one second terminal device by the first terminal device allows the first terminal device to autonomously allocate resources in the COT to the at least one second terminal device. That is, the first terminal device has the ability and opportunity to allocate independently.
  • the first terminal device can determine at least one second terminal device that requires transmission resources based on the second information of the network device. Therefore, the first terminal device can send the first information to at least one second terminal device in a targeted manner, and share the COT resources it has preempted in a targeted manner with at least one second terminal device that has transmission needs, so as to facilitate COT resources. Reasonable utilization and improvement of system transmission performance.
  • the first information is also used to instruct at least one second terminal device to provide feedback within the COT through the first method.
  • the first terminal device monitors whether at least one second terminal device provides feedback within a first time period after the first terminal device transmits. The starting time of the first time period is determined according to the first method. .
  • the first terminal device monitors whether at least one second terminal device provides feedback within the first period of time after the first terminal device transmits, and then determines whether at least one second terminal device can hear the transmission sent by the first terminal device.
  • message to facilitate the determination of whether to allocate resources in the COT to it in the future, and to avoid the situation where the second terminal device does not feedback to the first terminal device (that is, each other cannot hear each other's messages). Transmission resources are still allocated to it, so that the allocated resources are not occupied and cause waste.
  • the first terminal device after the first terminal device sends the first resource indication information, the first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the third terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device can promptly access the channel and occupy the first resource to avoid being blocked by other UEs after 25 ⁇ s because the first resource is not occupied. Preemption causes COT interruption, which is not conducive to improving system transmission performance.
  • the first terminal device can provide timely feedback to the network device by monitoring the transmission status of the third terminal device, so that subsequent network devices can perform reasonable resource scheduling.
  • the usage of the first resource can be determined in time through monitoring to avoid waste or interruption of COT resources.
  • the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the third terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is a corresponding hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for the terminal device's transmission on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the transmission situation of the third terminal device represents the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the first resource within the allocated COT, specifically including: whether the third terminal device transmits, whether the transmission has HARQ feedback, and the HARQ feedback The result is success or failure. Whether the transmission of the third terminal device is completed can be determined based on the transmission situation of the third terminal device, which facilitates subsequent COT resource sharing or reasonable arrangement of network device scheduling resources.
  • the first terminal device sends third information to the network device, and the third information is used to indicate one or more of the following: transmission status of at least one second terminal device ; The transmission situation of the third terminal device; the fourth terminal device without feedback, the fourth terminal device is included in at least one second terminal device; the fifth terminal device that does not transmit on the first resource; on the first resource A sixth terminal device that fails to transmit; or a seventh terminal device that successfully transmits on the first resource; wherein the fifth terminal device, the sixth terminal device, and the seventh terminal device are included in the third terminal device.
  • the first terminal device feeds back the transmission status of at least one second terminal device through the PUCCH resource indicated by the network device, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain the transmission status of other UEs.
  • the network device may determine whether to still allocate resources to these second terminal devices when subsequently scheduling resources. This implementation method can avoid the waste of resources, help meet the transmission needs of terminal equipment, and thereby improve the transmission performance and system throughput of the communication system.
  • the signaling overhead of feedback can be reduced and feedback resources can be saved.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device receives the second information from the network device, the first terminal device sends the resource request information and the fourth information to the network device, the resource request information For requesting resources for transmission by the first terminal device, the fourth information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include at least one second terminal device; Location information of a terminal device; or identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the network device can further determine a terminal device that is closer to the first terminal device, or can determine a terminal that can hear each other's messages with the first terminal device. equipment.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device may include a third terminal device determined in advance that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device, thereby reducing the possibility of resource waste and reducing the interactive signaling overhead between devices.
  • this implementation method can improve the effectiveness of COT-sharing information and improve resource utilization.
  • the second aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device (for example, a base station), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • a chip or circuit used in a network device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by a network device as an example.
  • the method includes: the network device receives third information from the first terminal device, and the third information is used to indicate the transmission status of at least one second terminal device on the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device; the network device responds to the third information. Information determines scheduling resources.
  • the first terminal device feeds back the transmission status of at least one second terminal device through the PUCCH resource indicated by the network device, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain the transmission status of other UEs.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid the waste of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication.
  • System transmission performance and system throughput are examples of the network device.
  • the third information is also used to indicate the transmission situation of the first terminal device.
  • the transmission situation of the first terminal device may include one or more of the following: whether the first terminal device shares the preempted COT with at least one second terminal device, and the transmission situation of the first terminal device on the COT resource. (Including whether the first terminal device transmits HARQ feedback from the opposite end, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is successful or failed, etc.).
  • the network device can take targeted measures in subsequent resource scheduling according to the COT sharing status reported by the first terminal device to meet the different transmission needs of different terminal devices, avoid resource waste, and thereby improve the communication system. transmission performance and system throughput.
  • the network device before the network device receives the third information from the first terminal device, the network device sends the second information to the first terminal device, and the second information is used to determine whether The resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device are allocated to at least one second terminal device, and the second information includes identification information of at least one second terminal device.
  • the network device instructs to share the COT resources preempted by the first terminal device to at least one second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can determine that there is transmission based on the second information of the network device. Resource requirements for at least one second terminal device. Therefore, the first terminal device can send the first information to at least one second terminal device in a targeted manner, and share the COT resources it has preempted in a targeted manner with at least one second terminal device that has transmission needs, so as to facilitate COT resources.
  • the network device before the network device sends the second information to the first terminal device, the network device receives a scheduling request message from at least one second terminal device, and the scheduling request message request is Regarding the transmitted resources, the scheduling request message includes identification information of at least one second terminal device.
  • the network device can instruct the first terminal device that has preempted the COT to share resources for the transmission of at least one second terminal device, which can effectively improve the spectrum resource rate and satisfy Transmission requirements of different terminal devices.
  • the transmission situation of at least one second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the third terminal device on the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the third terminal device is the terminal device that feeds back to the first terminal device among at least one second terminal device; the fourth terminal device that does not feed back to the first terminal device, the fourth terminal device is included in at least one third terminal device.
  • the fifth terminal device that fails to transmit on the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device
  • the sixth terminal device that fails to transmit on the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device
  • the first terminal device The seventh terminal device that successfully transmits on the resource in the COT preempted by the device; wherein the fifth terminal device, the sixth terminal device and the seventh terminal device are included in the third terminal device.
  • the first terminal device feeds back the transmission status of at least one second terminal device through the PUCCH resource indicated by the network device, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain the transmission status of other UEs.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid wastage of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication. System transmission performance and system throughput.
  • the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device includes one or more of the following: whether the third terminal device is in Transmission on the first resource, the first resource is a resource used for transmission by the third terminal device; whether the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource has corresponding HARQ feedback; or, whether the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource Transmit the corresponding HARQ feedback result.
  • the transmission status of the third terminal device represents the transmission status of the third terminal device on the first resource within the allocated COT, specifically including whether to transmit, whether the transmission has HARQ feedback, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is successful or failed. . Based on the transmission situation of the third terminal device, it can be determined whether the transmission of the third terminal device is completed, which facilitates subsequent COT resource sharing or reasonable arrangement of scheduling resources of the base station.
  • the network device before the network device sends the second information to the first terminal device, the network device receives the resource request information and the fourth information from the first terminal device, and the resource request information For requesting resources for transmission by the first terminal device, the fourth information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include at least one second terminal device; Location information of a terminal device; or identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the network device may further determine a terminal device that is closer to the first terminal device, or may determine a terminal device that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device. Based on this, the second information sent by the network device may include a third terminal device determined in advance that can hear each other's messages with the first terminal device, reducing the possibility of resource waste and reducing the interactive signaling overhead between devices. .
  • a communication method is provided, which method can be executed by the first terminal device (for example, UE1), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, and the first resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources; The first terminal device determines the first feedback information according to the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource; the first terminal device sends the first feedback information to the network device.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device that successfully seizes the COT.
  • the first terminal device feeds back to the network device the transmission status of the resources of the second terminal device in the COT, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain other UEs. transmission issues.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid the waste of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication. System transmission performance and system throughput.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, the first terminal device sends the first resource indication to the second terminal device.
  • the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource occupied by the second terminal device for transmission.
  • this implementation may consider that the first resource is determined by the network device, that is, the network device determines the first resource based on the first terminal device's preemption of the COT resource and the scheduling requirements of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may directly notify the second terminal device of the allocated first resources for transmission by the second terminal device.
  • allocating the COT resources of the first terminal device to other second terminal devices with scheduling requirements is beneficial to improving the spectrum resource rate, meeting the transmission requirements of the terminal device, and improving the transmission performance of the system.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device sends the first resource indication information to the second terminal device, the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device, and the first The information is used to indicate feedback from the second terminal device; the first terminal device receives feedback from the second terminal device.
  • this implementation can consider that the first resource is determined by the first terminal device, that is, the first terminal device can determine which second terminal devices can hear the message sent by it based on the feedback, and then allocate the preempted COT resources. For these second terminal devices, it is possible to avoid the situation where resources are allocated but the second terminal devices are not used, resulting in a waste of resources.
  • the first terminal device can subsequently allocate the preempted resources in the COT to the terminal device that has given feedback, which can reduce Waste of resources and even avoid interruption of COT, thereby improving system transmission performance and ensuring system throughput.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device sends the first resource indication information to the second terminal device, the first terminal device receives the second information from the network device, and the second information It is used to determine to allocate the first resource in the COT preempted by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, where the second information includes identification information of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can determine the second terminal device that needs transmission resources based on the indication information of the network device. Therefore, the first terminal device can send the first information to the second terminal device in a targeted manner, and share the COT resources it has preempted with the second terminal device that has transmission needs, which facilitates rational utilization of COT resources and system transmission performance. improvement.
  • the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, including: the first terminal device receives a feedback message from the second terminal device; The first terminal device determines the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource according to the feedback message.
  • the transmission situation determined here based on the feedback message refers to whether the second terminal device is transmitting on the first resource. For example, if the second terminal device provides feedback within 16 to 25 ⁇ s, the first terminal device may determine that the second terminal device occupies the first resource based on the feedback from the second terminal device.
  • a first way of obtaining the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource is provided, that is, through the feedback message of the second terminal device, the first terminal device can determine that the second terminal device is on the first resource. transmission, which can then determine that COT resources are used to ensure resource utilization and system transmission performance.
  • the first information is also used to instruct the second terminal device to provide feedback in the COT through the first method, and the first terminal device sends the first message to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device monitors whether the second terminal device provides feedback within a first time period after the first terminal device transmits the information. The starting time of the first time period is determined according to the first method.
  • the first terminal device monitors whether at least one second terminal device provides feedback within the first period of time after the first terminal device transmits, and then determines whether at least one second terminal device can hear the transmission sent by the first terminal device.
  • message to facilitate the determination of whether to allocate resources in the COT to it in the future, and to avoid the situation where the second terminal device does not feedback to the first terminal device (that is, each other cannot hear each other's messages). Transmission resources are still allocated to it, so that the allocated resources are not occupied and cause waste.
  • the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, including: the first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource. transmission situation.
  • a second way of obtaining the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource is provided, that is, through the monitoring of the first terminal device, it can be determined whether the second terminal device is transmitting on the first resource, which facilitates the subsequent A terminal device determines whether to access the first resource to ensure that the COT is not interrupted.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is corresponding HARQ feedback for the terminal device's transmission on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the second terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • the transmission status of the second terminal device represents the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource within the allocated COT, specifically including whether the second terminal device transmits, whether the transmission has HARQ feedback, and the result of the HARQ feedback. Be it success or failure. Whether the transmission of the second terminal device is completed can be determined based on the transmission situation of the second terminal device, which facilitates subsequent COT resource sharing or reasonable arrangement of network device scheduling resources.
  • the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device does not transmit on the first resource, the first terminal device transmits on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device when the second terminal device does not use the first resource for transmission, the first terminal device promptly accesses the channel, which can reduce the waste of COT resources, improve spectrum utilization, avoid COT interruption, and ensure the system transmission system wait.
  • the first feedback information is also used to indicate one or more of the following: a third terminal device that does not transmit on the first resource; The fourth terminal device failed; the fifth terminal device successfully transmitted on the first resource; or the sixth terminal device did not provide feedback; among which, the third terminal device, the fourth terminal device, the fifth terminal device and the sixth terminal device The terminal device is contained in a second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device feeds back the transmission status of the second terminal device through the PUCCH resource indicated by the network device, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain the transmission status of other UEs.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid the waste of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication. System transmission performance and system throughput.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device receives the second information from the network device, the first terminal device sends the resource request information and the third information to the network device, and the resource request information Used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device, the third information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include the second terminal device; the first terminal The location information of the device; or the identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the network device can further determine a terminal device that is closer to the first terminal device, or can determine a terminal that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device. equipment.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device may include a third terminal device determined in advance that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device, thereby reducing the possibility of resource waste and reducing the interactive signaling overhead between devices.
  • the fourth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device (for example, a base station), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • a chip or circuit used in a network device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by a network device as an example.
  • the method includes: the network device receives first feedback information from the first terminal device, the first feedback information is used to indicate the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource, and the first resource includes the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the first resources include time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources; the network device determines the scheduling resources according to the first feedback information.
  • the first terminal device feeds back to the network device the transmission status of the resources of the second terminal device in the COT, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain the transmission status of other UEs.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid the waste of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication.
  • System transmission performance and system throughput are examples of the network device.
  • the network device before the network device receives the first feedback information from the first terminal device, the network device sends second information to the first terminal device, and the second information is used to determine The first resource in the COT preempted by the first terminal device is allocated to the second terminal device, and the second information includes identification information of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can determine the second terminal device that needs transmission resources based on the second information of the network device. Therefore, the first terminal device can subsequently share the COT resources it has preempted in a targeted manner with the second terminal device that has transmission needs, which facilitates rational utilization of COT resources and improves system transmission performance.
  • the network device before the network device sends the second information to the first terminal device, the network device receives the resource request information and the third information from the first terminal device, and the resource request information Used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device, the third information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include the second terminal device; the first terminal The location information of the device; or the identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the network device can further determine a terminal device that is closer to the first terminal device, or can determine a terminal that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device. equipment.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device may include a third terminal device determined in advance that can hear each other's messages from the first terminal device, thereby reducing the possibility of resource waste and reducing the interactive signaling overhead between devices.
  • the fifth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first terminal device (for example, UE1), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the first terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a first terminal device for example, UE1
  • a chip or circuit used in the first terminal device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device sends first resource indication information to the second terminal device, the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource occupied by the second terminal device for transmission, and the first resource is included in the first resource preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the first resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources; the first terminal device monitors the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource; the first terminal device monitors the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the transmission situation determines whether the first resource is occupied.
  • the first terminal device when the second terminal device does not use the first resource for transmission, the first terminal device promptly accesses the channel and occupies the first resource to avoid being blocked after 25 ⁇ s due to not occupying the first resource.
  • This method can not only reduce the waste of COT resources and avoid COT interruption by other UEs, but also help ensure the system transmission system.
  • the first terminal device determines the first resource indication information.
  • the first terminal device senses the channel resources or determines the transmission requirements of the second terminal device according to the reservation information of other UEs, and assigns the first resource (for example, from the first time slot) in the COT resources preempted by the first terminal device to The first time period starting from the beginning) is allocated to the second terminal device.
  • the first resource may be larger than the transmission requirement resource of the second terminal device, or may be smaller than the transmission requirement resource of the second terminal device.
  • the resource will be shared with the second terminal device next time, and this application does not specifically limit this. .
  • the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device does not transmit on the first resource, the first terminal device transmits on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device can access the channel in time when the second terminal device does not use the first resource for transmission, which can reduce the waste of COT resources and help ensure the system transmission system.
  • the first resource indication information is also used to indicate the second resource occupied by the third terminal device for transmission, and the second resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device,
  • the second resource includes a time domain resource and/or a frequency domain resource, and the time domain in which the second resource is located is located behind the time domain in which the first resource is located.
  • the first terminal device can determine that the second terminal device and the third terminal device have transmission requirements based on the reservation information of other UEs.
  • the first terminal device can use the first resource indication information to simultaneously
  • the second terminal device and the third terminal device allocate transmission resources, that is, the first resource and the second resource. For example, the transmission position of the first resource is before the second resource.
  • the first terminal device when the third terminal device does not use the second resource for transmission, the first terminal device promptly accesses the channel and occupies the second resource to avoid being preempted by other UEs after 25 ⁇ s because the second resource is not occupied.
  • This method can not only reduce the waste of COT resources, and avoid COT interruption, but also help ensure the system transmission system.
  • the first terminal device sends second resource indication information to the third terminal device, the second resource indication information is used to indicate the second resource, and the second resource is used for the third terminal device.
  • the second resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the second resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources. The time domain where the second resource is located is located after the time domain where the first resource is located. .
  • this implementation can provide transmission resources to the third terminal device again to prevent the third terminal device from not receiving the second resource indicated by the first resource indication information due to some reasons.
  • the second resource indication information it can be determined
  • the allocated second resources can improve resource utilization and transmission performance.
  • the sixth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a second terminal device (for example, UE2), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the second terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a second terminal device for example, UE2
  • a chip or circuit used in the second terminal device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the second terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the second terminal device receives first resource indication information from the first terminal device, the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource occupied by the second terminal device for transmission, and the first resource is included in the preemption of the first terminal device.
  • the first resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources; the second terminal device transmits on the first resource.
  • the second terminal device can determine the first resource according to the first resource indication information, and then transmit on the first resource.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device may include one or more of the following: whether the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource has HARQ feedback, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is successful or failed.
  • the second terminal device may not perform transmission due to certain reasons. This application does not exclude the occurrence of this situation.
  • the first terminal device can monitor the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource. If it is determined that the second terminal device is not using the first resource, it can access the channel and use the first resource to avoid COT resources. waste and COT interruption.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a network device (for example, a base station), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the network device.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • This application is not limited to this.
  • the following description takes execution by a network device as an example.
  • the method includes: a network device sends first indication information to a first terminal device, and sends second indication information to a second terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate transmission resources and a first physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel). , PUCCH) resource, the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource and the second PUCCH resource; the network device receives the first feedback information from the second terminal device on the second PUCCH resource, the first feedback information is used to indicate the second terminal The transmission status of the device on the first resource.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the network device may indicate transmission resources and PUCCH resources to multiple terminal devices respectively through DCI.
  • the network device sends a DCI to each terminal device with scheduling requirements to indicate the transmission resources (i.e., COT) that can be preempted and the PUCCH resources corresponding to each UE.
  • COT transmission resources
  • Each UE (such as UE2) will If it can seize the transmission opportunity, it can share the COT grabbed by UE1 for transmission, and report the transmitted HARQ result through its own PUCCH resource indicated by the network device.
  • multiple terminal devices can determine their own PUCCH channels based on the transmission situation, and then report their respective transmission situations to the network device, so that the network device knows each terminal
  • the actual transmission situation of the device facilitates subsequent targeted and reasonable allocation of COT sharing resources to avoid wasting COT resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is corresponding HARQ feedback for the terminal device's transmission on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the second terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • the transmission status of the second terminal device represents the transmission status of the second terminal device on the resources within the allocated COT. According to the transmission status of the second terminal device, it can be determined whether the transmission of the second terminal device is completed, which facilitates subsequent COT. Reasonable arrangement of resource sharing or network equipment scheduling resources.
  • the network device receives second feedback information from the first terminal device on the first PUCCH resource, and the second feedback information is used to instruct the first terminal device in the first The transmission situation within the COT preempted by the terminal device.
  • the transmission situation of the first terminal device may be: whether the first terminal device shares the COT it has preempted with the second terminal device, whether the transmission of the first terminal device on the COT resource has HARQ feedback from the peer, and The result of HARQ feedback is success or failure, etc.
  • the eighth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a second terminal device (for example, UE2), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the second terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a second terminal device for example, UE2
  • a chip or circuit for the second terminal device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the second terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the second terminal device receives second indication information from the network device, the second indication information is used to indicate transmission resources and the second physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource; the second terminal device receives the first resource indication information, and the first The resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource.
  • the first resource is used for transmission by the second terminal device.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device; the second terminal device determines the first resource according to the transmission situation of the first resource. Feedback information; the second terminal device sends the first feedback information to the network device on the second PUCCH resource.
  • the second terminal device can determine the PUCCH resource carried by the feedback transmission situation according to the second indication information of the network device, and then report the respective transmission status to the network device on the indicated PUCCH resource, so that the network device can clearly
  • the actual transmission situation of each terminal device facilitates subsequent targeted and reasonable allocation of COT sharing resources to avoid wasting COT resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is corresponding HARQ feedback for the transmission of the device on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the transmission status of the second terminal device represents the transmission status of the second terminal device on the resources within the allocated COT. According to the transmission status of the second terminal device, it can be determined whether the transmission of the second terminal device is completed, which facilitates subsequent COT. Reasonable arrangement of resource sharing or network equipment scheduling resources.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a network device (for example, a base station), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the network device.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • This application is not limited to this.
  • the following description takes execution by a network device as an example.
  • the method includes: the network device sends first indication information to the first terminal device, the first indication information is used to indicate transmission resources, and the first indication information is also used to determine to allocate resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device to the second
  • the first indication information includes identification information of the second terminal device
  • the network device sends configuration information to the second terminal device, and the configuration information is used to configure periodic physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources
  • the network device Receive first feedback information from the second terminal device on the control channel PUCCH resource.
  • the first feedback information is used to indicate the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the second PUCCH resource is determined according to the transmission position of the first resource
  • the second PUCCH resource is included in the periodic PUCCH resource.
  • the network device can instruct the first terminal device to seize the COT through DCI and share the resources in the COT with the second terminal device.
  • the second PUCCH resource is determined according to the transmission position of the first resource, which can be understood as the first PUCCH resource separated by the first time slot after the first resource; or, the second PUCCH resource is the first PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback resource corresponding to the transmission on one resource is followed by the first PUCCH resource of the first slot.
  • the network device configures periodic PUCCH resources for the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device determines the resource location of the reply PUCCH based on the resource location of its transmission within the COT preempted by the first terminal device, and Report its own transmission results to the network device at the PUCCH resource location.
  • the second terminal device can determine the PUCCH resource specifically used to feedback its own transmission situation from the periodic PUCCH resources configured by the network device based on the transmission situation on the first resource, and then use the indicated PUCCH resource to Report their respective transmission status to the network device, so that the network device can know the actual transmission status of each terminal device, so as to facilitate the subsequent targeted and reasonable allocation of COT sharing resources and avoid the waste of COT resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is corresponding HARQ feedback for the terminal device's transmission on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the second terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • the transmission status of the second terminal device represents the transmission status of the second terminal device on the resources within the allocated COT. According to the transmission status of the second terminal device, it can be determined whether the transmission of the second terminal device is completed, which facilitates subsequent COT. Reasonable arrangement of resource sharing or network equipment scheduling resources.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a second terminal device (for example, UE2), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in the second terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a second terminal device for example, UE2
  • a chip or circuit used in the second terminal device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by the second terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the second terminal device receives first resource indication information, the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first resource, the first resource is used for transmission of the second terminal device, and the first resource is included in the first terminal device preempted Within the COT; the second terminal device receives configuration information from the network device, which is used to configure periodic physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources; the second terminal device determines the second PUCCH resource according to the transmission position of the first resource, and the second terminal device determines the second PUCCH resource according to the transmission position of the first resource.
  • PUCCH resources are included in periodic PUCCH resources; the second terminal device sends first feedback information to the network device on the second PUCCH resource, and the first feedback information is used to indicate the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the second terminal device can determine the PUCCH resource specifically used to feedback its own transmission situation from the periodic PUCCH resources configured by the network device based on the transmission situation on the first resource, and then use the indicated PUCCH resource to Report the respective transmission status to the network device, so that the network device can know the actual transmission status of each terminal device, so as to facilitate the subsequent targeted and reasonable allocation of COT sharing resources and avoid the waste of COT resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; Whether there is corresponding HARQ feedback for the terminal device's transmission on the first resource; or, the result of HARQ feedback corresponding to the second terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • the transmission status of the second terminal device represents the transmission status of the second terminal device on the resources within the allocated COT. According to the transmission status of the second terminal device, it can be determined whether the transmission of the second terminal device is completed, which facilitates subsequent COT. Reasonable arrangement of resource sharing or network equipment scheduling resources.
  • the second PUCCH resource is the first PUCCH resource separated by the first time slot after the first resource; or the second PUCCH resource is the transmission corresponding to the first resource.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by the first terminal device (for example, UE1), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first terminal device.
  • This application does not limit this. .
  • the following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device sends resource request information and first information to the network device.
  • the resource request information is used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include at least one third terminal device.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device (for example, a base station), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used in a network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a network device for example, a base station
  • a chip or circuit used in a network device which is not limited in this application.
  • the following description takes execution by a network device as an example.
  • the method includes: a network device receiving resource request information and first information from a first terminal device; and the network device resource request information and the first information determining scheduling resources.
  • the resource request information is used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include at least one third terminal device.
  • a communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send first information to at least one second terminal device, where the first information is used to instruct at least one second terminal device to feedback; a transceiver unit, further configured to: For receiving feedback from a third terminal device, the third terminal device is a terminal device that has provided feedback among at least one second terminal device; the processing unit is configured to generate first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first Resources, the first resource is used for transmission of the third terminal device, the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, the first resource includes frequency domain resources and/or time domain resources; the transceiver unit is also used to send the third terminal device. - Resource indication information.
  • the transceiver unit may perform the receiving and transmitting processing in the aforementioned first aspect, third aspect, fifth aspect, or eleventh aspect, and the processing unit may perform the aforementioned first aspect, third aspect, fifth aspect, or eleventh aspect. Processing in aspects other than receiving and sending.
  • a communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to receive second information from a first terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate at least one second terminal device at a COT preempted by the first terminal device. transmission conditions on the internal resources; a processing unit configured to determine scheduling resources according to the second information.
  • the transceiver unit may perform the receiving and transmitting processing in the aforementioned second aspect, fourth aspect, seventh aspect, or ninth aspect, and the processing unit may perform the aforementioned second aspect, fourth aspect, seventh aspect, or ninth aspect. Processing other than receiving and sending.
  • a communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to receive first resource indication information, the first resource indication information being used to indicate a first resource, and the first resource being used for transmission of a second terminal device, The first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device; the transceiver unit is also used to receive configuration information from the network device, the configuration information is used to configure periodic physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources; the processing unit is used to The transmission position of the first resource determines the second PUCCH resource, and the second PUCCH resource is included in the periodic PUCCH resource; the transceiver unit is also used to send the first feedback information to the network device on the second PUCCH resource, and the first feedback information is To indicate the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the transceiver unit may perform the receiving and transmitting processing in the aforementioned sixth aspect, eighth aspect, tenth aspect, or twelfth aspect, and the processing unit may perform the aforementioned sixth aspect, eighth aspect, tenth aspect, or twelfth aspect. Processing in aspects other than receiving and sending.
  • a communication device including a transceiver, a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory.
  • a computer program enables the communication device to execute the method in any one of the possible implementation modes of the first to twelfth aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication system including a network device, a first terminal device and at least one second terminal device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or code.
  • the computer program or code When the computer program or code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect. to any possible implementation method in the twelfth aspect.
  • a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that A device installed with the chip system performs the method in any one of the possible implementation modes of the first to twelfth aspects.
  • the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the device causes the device to perform the above-mentioned first to twelfth aspects. method in any of the possible implementations.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another example of a communication system applicable to the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a COT resource scheduling scenario applicable to this application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first communication method 400 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of COT resource allocation applied to Mode1 and Mode2 scenarios provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of COT resource allocation applied to the Mode 2 scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of the second communication method 700 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of other UEs feeding back transmission conditions on COT resources to UEl according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of UE1 monitoring the transmission of other UEs on COT resources provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of the third communication method 1000 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a UE that starts COT continuously monitoring the occupancy of time slots provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram in which the UE occupying the previous time slot continuously monitors the occupancy of the time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of the fourth communication method 1300 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flowchart of the fifth communication method 1400 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic flowchart of the sixth communication method 1500 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of UE1 reporting resource requests and monitored UE2 information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of UE1 reporting resource requests and location information of UE1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes an access network device 102 , and the access network device 102 may include multiple antennas, such as antennas 104 , 106 , 108 , 110 , 112 and 114 .
  • the access network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, and those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that each of them may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, complexes, etc.). receiver, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • Access network device 102 may communicate with multiple terminal devices (eg, terminal device 116 and terminal device 122). It can be appreciated that access network device 102 may communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal devices 116 or 122. As shown, terminal device 116 communicates with antennas 112 and 114 , which transmit information to terminal device 116 via forward link 118 and receive information from terminal device 116 via reverse link 120 . Additionally, terminal device 122 communicates with antennas 104 and 106 , which transmit information to terminal device 122 via forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 via reverse link 126 .
  • terminal device 116 communicates with antennas 112 and 114 , which transmit information to terminal device 116 via forward link 118 and receive information from terminal device 116 via reverse link 120 .
  • terminal device 122 communicates with antennas 104 and 106 , which transmit information to terminal device 122 via forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 via reverse link 126 .
  • forward link 118 may utilize a different frequency band than reverse link 120 and forward link 124 may utilize a different frequency band than reverse link 126 .
  • the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 may use a common frequency band
  • the forward link 124 and the reverse link 126 may use a common frequency band
  • Each antenna (or group of antennas) and/or area designed for communication is referred to as a sector of the access network device 102 .
  • the antenna group may be designed to communicate with terminal devices in a sector of the access network device 102 coverage area.
  • the transmit antenna of the access network device 102 may utilize beamforming to improve the signal of the forward links 118 and 124. noise ratio.
  • the access network device 102 utilizes beamforming to transmit signals to terminal devices 116 and 122 that are randomly dispersed in the relevant coverage area, compared to the manner in which the access network device transmits signals to all of its terminal devices through a single antenna. Mobile devices in neighboring cells will experience less interference.
  • the access network device 102, the terminal device 116 or the terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication sending device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication sending device may obtain (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or save in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be sent to the wireless communication receiving device through the channel.
  • data bits may be contained in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data, which may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network (PLMN), device to device (D2D) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, vehicle to network (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • Figure 1 is just a simplified schematic diagram of an example.
  • the network may also include other access network equipment, which are not shown in Figure 1 .
  • the terminal device and the access network device can use unlicensed spectrum resources for wireless communication (for example, transmitting uplink information or transmitting downlink information).
  • the communication system 100 may adopt licensed-assisted access (LAA), dual connectivity (DC), unlicensed-assisted access (standalone) technologies, etc.
  • LAA licensed-assisted access
  • DC dual connectivity
  • standalone unlicensed-assisted access
  • Unlicensed carriers i.e., unlicensed spectrum
  • unlicensed spectrum refers to spectrum that can be used directly without authorization, provided that it meets the relevant regulations of government departments (such as the State Radio Regulatory Commission).
  • microwave ovens, remote-controlled toy airplanes, wireless mice, wireless keyboards, high-fidelity wireless Internet access (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi), etc. all use unlicensed carrier waves.
  • Resource sharing in unlicensed frequency bands refers to the use of specific spectrum that only stipulates restrictions on transmit power, out-of-band leakage and other indicators to ensure that multiple devices that jointly use the frequency band meet basic coexistence requirements. Operators use free Licensed frequency band resources can achieve the purpose of offloading network capacity, but they need to comply with the regulatory requirements for unlicensed frequency band resources in different regions and different spectrums.
  • the technical solution of this application is mainly applied in side-link transmission scenarios, and the frequency bands used include but are not limited to unlicensed spectrum.
  • the unlicensed spectrum includes frequency bands near 2.4 GHz and frequency bands near 5.8 GHz.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system 200 applicable to the present application.
  • the communication system 100 includes three communication devices, for example, a terminal device 210 , a terminal device 220 and a terminal device 230 .
  • the terminal equipment and the terminal equipment can perform data communication through D2D or V2X communication methods.
  • the communication link between them is an SL link.
  • the first is the Uu interface, which is the communication protocol between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the second is the interface for side link SL transmission, also called the PC5 interface, which is the communication protocol between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the side link is a direct communication link between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • a direct link can be understood as a link for direct data transmission between two terminal devices. There are no other network nodes between the two terminal devices.
  • each terminal device shown in the figure may be a terminal device in various forms or in any form.
  • the embodiments of the present application are no longer shown one by one in the drawings.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment UE, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a station in the WLAN, which can be a smartphone, a laptop, a global positioning system, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) ) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device, Internet of Vehicles terminal, computer, laptop computer, handheld paging equipment, handheld computing devices, satellite wireless equipment, wireless modem cards, television set top boxes (STBs), customer premise equipment (CPE), and/or for paging on wireless systems of other equipment as well as next-generation paging systems.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. For example, head-mounted displays. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones. , such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of things (IoT) system, and may also include relays, etc., and other devices that can perform data communication with network devices (for example, base stations). equipment.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the terminal device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc.
  • This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. It suffices to communicate by a method.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device, or a functional module in the terminal device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • SL-U mainly refers to SL transmission in unlicensed spectrum (unlicense band).
  • the standard introduces two access mechanisms including Type 1 and Type 2.
  • Type 1 is used to seize the channel and requires LBT, that is, monitoring is required before transmission.
  • the monitoring can be energy detection, that is, detecting energy at 9 ⁇ s. If it exceeds the threshold, it means that a UE is occupying the resource; conversely, if it does not exceed the threshold, it means that no UE is occupying the resource.
  • Type 2 is used to share transmission resources obtained by other UEs through Type 1 method.
  • UE1 uses Type 1 to seize transmission opportunities within a period of time (standardly called COT). In addition to the transmission time occupied by itself, it can instruct other UEs to use Type 2 to access the remaining transmission opportunities within the COT occupied by UE1.
  • COT period of time
  • Type 2 further includes Type 2A and Type 2B.
  • Type 2A indicates that the channel will be occupied after an interval of 25 ⁇ s after the transmission of other UEs. That is, if no other UE is used within 25 ⁇ s by sensing the channel, the channel can be occupied.
  • Type 2B means that the channel is occupied after an interval of 16 ⁇ s after the transmission of other UEs. The difference from Type 2A is 9 ⁇ s, which is the length of a sensing slot.
  • SL systems operating in unlicensed spectrum can be described as “SL-U systems”
  • terminal equipment operating in SL-U systems can be described as “SL-U devices”.
  • HARQ feedback information For a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) HARQ feedback information, it is usually transmitted by the PSFCH feedback channel. Each UE is supported to use a separate PSFCH resource.
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the specific transmitted HARQ feedback information is as follows:
  • (1) Unicast Decode the PSSCH transmission block (TB). If the decoding is successful, the UE will transmit HARQ-ACK; otherwise, if the decoding fails, the HARQ-NACK will be transmitted.
  • (2) Multicast Determine whether to send HARQ feedback through the TX-RX UE distance and/or reference signal receiver power (RSRP). For example, if decoding fails after decoding the physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH), HARQ-NACK will be transmitted, and no signal will be transmitted in other cases. All receiving UEs in a group are supported to share the same PSFCH. For another example, if decoding is successful, the receiving UE transmits HARQ-ACK; otherwise, if decoding fails, HARQ-NACK is transmitted.
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • PSFCH of at least 1 symbol is supported in unicast and multicast, and the sequence of PUCCH format 0 is used as the baseline.
  • PSFCH feedback resources appear in periodic N time slots (slots), and the value of N can be 1, 2, and 4.
  • slot n For a PSSCH that appears in slot n, the corresponding PSFCH appears in slot n+a, where a is the smallest integer greater than or equal to K.
  • K the K value of all UEs is the same, when the PSFCH resource appears with period N, there will be N PSFCHs corresponding to the PSSCH sharing one PSFCH resource.
  • SL transmission is based on resource pools.
  • Each resource pool contains one or more subchannels.
  • Each subchannel in the same resource pool occupies the same frequency domain resources (i.e., the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs)).
  • PRBs physical resource blocks
  • Different resource pools occupy the same frequency domain resources.
  • the frequency domain resources occupied by each sub-channel may be different.
  • a resource pool is a logical concept.
  • a resource pool includes multiple physical resources, any one of which is used to transmit data.
  • Each UE needs to select a resource from the resource pool when transmitting data. This resource selection process includes the following two situations:
  • the UE is controlled by the network device and selects a resource from the resource pool for data transmission according to the instruction information of the network device, also known as Mode 1;
  • the UE autonomously selects a resource from the resource pool for data transmission, also known as Mode2. That is, the UE has the opportunity to independently decide on resource selection and resource allocation.
  • the UE can exclude some occupied or high-interference resources based on the occupancy of the sensing spectrum, and select transmission resources on idle or low-interference resources.
  • the resource scheduling method of Mode1 includes the following four steps: First, the base station (gNB) sends downlink control information (DCI) (such as DCI 3_0) to UE1 to indicate scheduling resources; secondly, UE1 Send a signal to UE2 on the resource; then, UE2 replies with feedback information PSFCH to UE1; finally, UE1 replies with PUCCH to gNB.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • PUCCH is used to carry relevant information about whether UE1 successfully sends data.
  • the downlink control signaling DCI 3_0 may carry an information field used to determine the time interval between the above steps.
  • the time gap field is used to determine the time interval between DCI 3_0 and the first scheduled resource PSSCH or PSSCH
  • the sl-PSFCH-to-PUCCH field is used to determine the time interval between PSFCH and PUCCH
  • the time interval between transmitted data and PSFCH The time interval can be determined based on information such as the PSFCH configuration cycle of the resource pool.
  • DCI 3_0 can also carry the time-frequency position of the resources used for transmission, where the time position of each resource is determined relative to the time position of the first resource.
  • the time domain position of the first PSSCH can be determined according to the time gap field in DCI 3_0, and the time-frequency position of the scheduled resource PSSCH or PSSCH can be determined according to the frequency resource assignment and time resource assignment indicated by DCI 3_0.
  • the PSSCH resource can determine the time position of PSFCH, and then the time position of sending PUCCH can be determined based on the time position of PSFCH and the parameters in the sl-PSFCH-to-PUCCH field.
  • the specific PUCCH resource information can be obtained through the PUCCH resource indicator in DCI 3_0 Sure.
  • the base station has a wide coverage area and can receive resource requests sent by UEs within a certain range.
  • these UEs may not necessarily be able to hear each other's messages because they are far away from each other. That is to say, when UE1 shares the resources it obtained after seizing the channel with other UEs, other UEs may not be able to transmit on the allocated resources because they cannot hear UE1's messages, resulting in a waste of COT resources or even causing a loss of COT resources. Being interrupted etc.
  • UE1's PUCCH channel can be determined based on the signaling.
  • UE2 has not received the signaling from gNB, UE2 does not have a corresponding PUCCH channel location. Therefore, after UE1 indicates the resources required for UE2's transmission, there is no channel to inform gNB of UE2's transmission results.
  • the COT-sharing signaling sent by UE1 may not necessarily be received by UE2.
  • UE2 is in the transmitting state and cannot receive the transmission of UE1, or UE2 receives the transmission of UE3 on the same time-frequency resource, and the distance between UE3 and UE1 is large, causing UE1 to fail to hear the channel occupied by UE3, which ultimately leads to UE2 It failed to hear the COT-sharing information sent by UE1, so UE2 failed to transmit on the COT resource preempted by UE1, which made it possible that the COT was preempted by other UEs, causing the COT to be interrupted.
  • the COT-sharing information sent by UE1 may not be heard by other UE3. Failure to receive it correctly means that 50% of COT-sharing resources may be wasted when shared by two UEs (such as UE1 and UE3). A more serious problem is that if the allocated resources are not occupied, the COT transmission opportunity may be preempted after more than 25 ⁇ s. Furthermore, when LBT succeeds, UE3 will also send COT sharing information to UE1, which will also cause up to 50% waste of resources.
  • the base station Since the base station does not know the specific locations of other UEs (such as UE2 and UE3) during sending COT-sharing information, and the HARQ feedback of other UEs is difficult to give specific time-frequency resources, the base station does not know the actual transmission situation of other UEs. Subsequent When COT-sharing resources are allocated again, resources may be allocated to them again, causing another waste of resources.
  • other UEs such as UE2 and UE3
  • this application provides a communication method and device.
  • UE1 allocates COT resources to UE2 that has given feedback, which can reduce resource waste and avoid COT interruption; through the PUCCH resources of UE1 Report the transmission status of other UE2 on the allocated COT resources preempted by UE1, and other UEs report their respective transmission status on the allocated COT resources preempted by UE1 through the PUCCH resources indicated by the base station, so that subsequent base stations can know the transmission status of other UEs with scheduling needs.
  • the transmission situation further determines the scheduling resources, which can improve the utilization of spectrum resources and improve system transmission performance.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b and c can mean: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c.
  • a, b and c can be single or multiple respectively.
  • for instructions may include for direct instructions and for indirect instructions.
  • indication information when describing that certain indication information is used to indicate A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the indication information must carry A.
  • the instruction methods involved in the embodiments of this application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be instructed to obtain the information to be instructed.
  • the information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different. This application does not limit the specific sending method.
  • the "instruction information" in the embodiment of this application may be an explicit indication, that is, a direct indication through signaling, or may be obtained based on parameters indicated by signaling, combined with other rules or other parameters, or obtained through derivation. It can also be an implicit indication, that is, obtained based on rules or relationships, or based on other parameters, or derivation. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • protocol may refer to a standard protocol in the field of communication. For example, it may include 5G protocol, new radio (NR) protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application refers to This is not limited.
  • Preconfigured may include predefined. For example, protocol definition. Among them, “pre-definition” can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device. This application does not limit its specific implementation method.
  • storage may refer to saving in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be a separate device, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partially provided separately and partially integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of memory can be any form of storage medium, and this application is not limited thereto.
  • the "first terminal device” can be described as “UE1”
  • the "second terminal device” can be described as “UE2”
  • the "third terminal device” can be described as “UE3”, and so on. , this application will no longer emphasize it.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a COT resource scheduling scenario applicable to this application.
  • the left side of the dotted line is the COT resource scheduling method in the Mode 1 scenario.
  • the base station (gNB) receives the scheduling request from UE2 and sends COT-sharing related information to UE1 to instruct UE1 to share the preempted COT resources to UE2 for UE2 to send data; the right side of the dotted line is in the Mode2 scenario.
  • UE1 sends COT-sharing related information to UE1, which is used to determine that the COT resources preempted by UE1 are allocated to UE2 for transmission by UE2.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first communication method 400 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 determines that other UE2 can hear the message of UE1 based on the feedback received from other UE2, and then allocates the COT-sharing resources preempted by UE1 based on the feedback message. It should be understood that this implementation method can be applied to Mode1 and Mode2 scenarios. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes the following steps.
  • the first terminal device sends information #1 (ie, an example of the first information) to at least one second terminal device.
  • the third terminal device receives information #1 from the first terminal device.
  • information #1 is used to instruct the at least one second terminal device to perform feedback.
  • message #1 may be a broadcast message.
  • the information #1 is also used to indicate at least one resource location for feedback by at least one second terminal device, and the at least one second terminal device corresponds one-to-one to the at least one resource location.
  • information #1 may further indicate the resource locations fed back by at least one second terminal device to the first terminal device, and the number of indicated resource locations for feedback corresponds one-to-one to the number of at least one second terminal device. It should be understood that this may specifically refer to the situation where there are multiple second terminal devices, ensuring that each second terminal device has its own corresponding feedback resource location. For example, when there are multiple second terminal devices, there may be one or more time domain resource locations for feedback indicated by information #1, and there may be multiple corresponding frequency domain resource locations. For example, information #1 is used to instruct multiple second terminal devices to perform feedback at respective frequency domain locations at the same time, or information #1 is used to instruct multiple second terminal devices to perform feedback at respective designated times and at respective frequency domain locations. Feedback, etc., this application does not specifically limit this.
  • information #1 may be an explicit indication, or may be an implicit indication of the resource location (for example, the frequency domain resource of PSFCH) of other UE2 feedback on whether to hear the UE1 message.
  • information #1 is also used to instruct at least one second terminal device to perform feedback within the COT through the first method.
  • the first method may be the Type 2B method in the current standard, that is, instructing at least one second terminal device to feedback after 16 ⁇ s, that is, starting to occupy the channel after an interval of 16 ⁇ s after the first transmission of other UEs. , that is, if it is found through sensing the channel that no other UE is using it within 16 ⁇ s, the channel can be occupied.
  • the technical solution of this application takes the Type 2B method as an example for explanation, that is, information #1 instructs other UE2 to feedback at an interval of 16 ⁇ s after the first segment of UE1's transmission.
  • the first method may be the Type 2A method in the current standard, that is, instructing at least one second terminal device to feedback after 25 ⁇ s, that is, starting to occupy the channel after an interval of 25 ⁇ s after the first transmission of other UEs. , that is, if it is found through sensing the channel that no other UE is using it within 25 ⁇ s, the channel can be occupied.
  • this application does not specifically limit the feedback duration of the second terminal device, which can exceed 9 ⁇ s or be less than 9 ⁇ s.
  • the technical solution of this application instructs at least one second terminal device to use Type 2B mode for feedback.
  • the terminal device needs to ensure that there is feedback within 16 to 25 ⁇ s after the first transmission of the first terminal device, so that it can be monitored by the first terminal device and resources can be allocated to it.
  • the network device may instruct the first terminal device to share the grabbed COT resources with at least one second terminal device.
  • Two terminal devices perform transmission. That is, before executing step S410, step S401 is also included.
  • the network device sends information #2 (that is, an example of the second information) to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives information #2 from the network device.
  • the information #2 is used to determine to allocate the resources in the COT preempted by the first terminal device to at least one second terminal device, and the information #2 includes identification information of at least one second terminal device, such as UE2(s) ID.
  • the first terminal device grabs the channel usage opportunity, that is, the COT resource, in the LBT process through the Type 1 method, and can then share the resource with the second terminal device to transmit data according to the information #2 of the network device.
  • information #2 may also include information such as the data demand of at least one second terminal device.
  • the network device may determine to occupy time domain resources (for example, the number of time slots or ms) and/or the frequency domain resources (for example, the number of subchannels, the number of RBs, or the number of interlaces) based on the UE2 with the greatest data demand.
  • the network device does not allocate the COT resources of the first terminal device in advance, and informs the first terminal device to share the allocated resources with at least one corresponding second terminal device. Instead, the first terminal device may be informed of the identity of the at least one second terminal device, and the first terminal device may autonomously allocate resources within the COT to the at least one second terminal device. That is, the first terminal device has the ability and opportunity to allocate independently.
  • the network device can instruct the first terminal device to share the COT resource with the two through message #2.
  • the second terminal device transmits data.
  • the network device receives a scheduling request message from at least one second terminal device, so that the network device collects other UE2 with transmission requirements.
  • the scheduling request message may include information such as other UE2 IDs, or peer UE IDs communicating with other UE2s.
  • the first terminal device can proactively report resource request information #1 and information #4 for consideration when the network device allocates COT-sharing. , thereby avoiding the problem that UEs cannot hear each other. That is, before executing step S401, step S406 is also included.
  • the first terminal device sends resource request information #1 (that is, an example of resource request information) and information #4 (that is, an example of fourth information) to the network device.
  • resource request information #1 that is, an example of resource request information
  • information #4 that is, an example of fourth information
  • the network device receives resource request information #1 and information #4 from the first terminal device.
  • resource request information #1 is used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device
  • information #4 includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include at least A second terminal device; location information of the first terminal device; or identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device when reporting a buffer status report (BSR) to the base station, the first terminal device carries the location information of the first terminal device, or carries the source ID and destination ID obtained by monitoring SCI sensing.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the resource request information #1 is used to request transmission resources from the network device.
  • the network device may further instruct the first terminal device to seize the location of the COT resource, that is, to transmit data on the preempted COT resource.
  • the identification information of the first terminal device may be UE1ID, the IP address of UE1, or an external identifier of UE1, such as a general public subscription identifier (GPSI).
  • the location information of the first terminal device may be absolute coordinates or relative coordinates of the geographical location. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • the first terminal device may monitor whether there is feedback from at least one second terminal device. If no feedback is detected, the first terminal device can occupy the channel and continue transmission; if feedback is detected, the first terminal device does not need to occupy the channel. This implementation method can avoid preemption COT interruption. After step S410 is executed, step S402 is also included.
  • the first terminal device monitors whether at least one second terminal device provides feedback within a first period of time after the first terminal device transmits.
  • the starting moment of the first time period is determined according to the first method.
  • the first terminal device performs transmission in segments.
  • the first terminal device sends information #1, it indicates that the first segment of transmission of the first terminal device has been completed.
  • the first terminal device may still have data to be transmitted, or may have completed all transmissions during the first segment of transmission.
  • the second segment of transmission for the first terminal device may be to continue to transmit unfinished data and updated COT-sharing information, or to send an empty data packet to avoid interruption of COT resources, etc.
  • the starting moment of the first time period is 16 ⁇ s after the first transmission of the first terminal device is completed. back.
  • the starting moment of the first time period is 25 ⁇ s after the first transmission of the first terminal device is completed. back.
  • step S410 if information #1 in step S410 indicates that at least one second terminal device provides feedback in the COT through Type 2B mode, and if UE1 detects that the channel is not occupied within 16 to 25 ⁇ s, UE1 can determine that the third The second terminal device does not transmit on the first resource and continues to occupy the channel according to the Type 2A method. Otherwise, it will continue to occupy the channel after the feedback from other UE2 ends, and allocate COT resources to UE3 that has fed back to UE1.
  • UE1 does not sense that the channel is occupied within an additional sensing time slot of 9 ⁇ s (ie, 16 to 25 ⁇ s), it means that the channel is actually idle. At this time, UE1 can occupy the time slot in Type 2A mode to avoid the transmission interval exceeding 25 ⁇ s and other transmissions preempting the COT.
  • the method also includes:
  • S420 The first terminal device receives feedback from the third terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives feedback from the third terminal device.
  • the third terminal device is the terminal device that has performed feedback among the at least one second terminal device.
  • the third terminal device and the first terminal device can hear each other's messages.
  • the first terminal device receives at least one second terminal device at at least one resource location.
  • feedback of For example, if there are two second terminal devices, and the information #1 sent by the corresponding first terminal device is also used to indicate the feedback resource location #1 and resource location #2, then the first terminal device can receive the feedback at resource location #1.
  • the feedback information of the first second terminal device is received at resource location #2 and the feedback information of the second second terminal device is received. This implementation can more accurately locate the second terminal devices that have provided feedback.
  • step S410 if the information #1 in step S410 is also used to instruct at least one second terminal device to perform feedback in the COT through the first method.
  • information #1 indicates that the Type 2B method is used for feedback, and the corresponding first terminal device receives the feedback information within 16 to 25 ⁇ s.
  • information #1 indicates that the Type 2A method is used for feedback, and the corresponding first terminal device receives the feedback information after 25 ⁇ s.
  • Step S402 mainly monitors 16 to 25 ⁇ s, and then the first terminal device determines whether to continue to occupy the channel for transmission; in step S420, the first terminal device receives the third The feedback time of the three-terminal equipment can exceed the range of 16 to 25 ⁇ s.
  • step S420 does not occur, that is, there is no feedback from UE1 from all UE2. That is to say, UE1 did not receive any feedback from UE2, which means that the COT resources are only used by UE1 to transmit its own data.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device receives feedback from the third terminal device, it means that the first terminal device and the third terminal device can hear each other's messages, so the first terminal device can generate a resource indication.
  • Information #1 is used to indicate resources transmitted by the third terminal device. That is, after executing step S420, step S403 is also included.
  • the first terminal device generates resource indication information #1 based on the fed back third terminal device.
  • the COT preempted by the first terminal device includes frequency domain resources #1 to frequency domain resources #5, and time domain resources #1 to time domain resources #3.
  • the first terminal device may determine to allocate time domain resource #1 and frequency domain resource #1 to frequency domain resource #3 to the first terminal device based on the number of fed back third terminal devices (for example, 2) and the transmission data requirement.
  • UE3 allocates time domain resource #2 and frequency domain resource #4 to the second UE3 and so on.
  • this application does not specifically limit the specific implementation manner in which the first terminal device generates the resource indication information.
  • the first terminal device can share the preempted COT resources with the third terminal device for transmission by the third terminal device. That is, after step S420 or S403, step S430 is also included.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #1 (ie, an example of the first resource indication information).
  • the third terminal device receives the resource indication information #1 from the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #1 is used to indicate the first resource.
  • the first resource is used for transmission by the third terminal device.
  • the first resource is included in the channel occupancy time COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the first resource includes frequency domain resources. and/or time domain resources.
  • the resource indication information #1 may be sent by broadcasting, or by the first terminal device directly sending it to the third terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first resource may be a time domain resource, such as the 1st to 5th time slots within the COT resource preempted by the first terminal device, and the third terminal device may transmit on the designated time slot.
  • the resource indication information #1 is used to indicate the first resource (or resource location), and at the same time, the base station indicates that the first resource is used for transmission of the third terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #1 is used to indicate the first resource (or resource location), and is also used to indicate that the first resource is used for transmission by the third terminal device.
  • the indication that the first resource is used for transmission by the third terminal device may be indicated by the base station or may be indicated by the first terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • this application does not specifically limit the number of third terminal devices.
  • third terminal devices when there are multiple third terminal devices, there are also multiple corresponding first resources, that is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between multiple third terminal devices and multiple first resources.
  • resource indication information #1 can be used to instruct the first UE3 to transmit on resource #1, the second UE3 to transmit on resource #2, and the third UE3 to transmit on resource #3. Transmission, where resource #1, resource #2 and resource #3 are collectively referred to as the first resource.
  • the third terminal device is a terminal device that can hear the message sent by the first terminal device and feedback successfully to the first terminal device.
  • UE1 in the technical solution of this application allocates resources according to the UE2 (for example, UE3) with feedback, while other UE2 without feedback will not allocate resources. Avoid waste of COT resources.
  • a prerequisite here is that UEs within the coverage area of the base station may not necessarily be able to hear each other's signals. Once the distance is far or the channel is poor, other UEs may not be able to hear the message #1 sent by UE1 in step S410. , so other UEs will not feedback to UE1.
  • UE1 allocates COT resources to UE3 with feedback.
  • the first resource (such as COT-sharing information) indicated by the resource indication information #1 sent by UE1 is screened and determined based on factors such as whether there is feedback, instead of directly using the indication information #1 received in step S401.
  • the COT-sharing related information carried is notified to other UE2.
  • UE1 since UE1 requires a delay to receive feedback and update COT-sharing information, UE1 will still perform data transmission during the process of determining UE3 based on the received feedback. Moreover, during the data transmission process, the updated COT-sharing information is notified to the UE3 with feedback, that is, the UE3 is notified of the time-frequency domain resources for transmission.
  • the first terminal device may monitor the transmission status of the third terminal device on the allocated resources. That is, after step S430, step S404 is also included.
  • S404 The first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the third terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device can monitor whether the third terminal device occupies the resources of the frequency band through energy detection or detecting the value of sidelink control information (SCI), and/or the third terminal device
  • the device's PSFCH replies for example, ACK or NACK
  • ACK/NACK monitors the specific transmission content.
  • energy detection can be understood as the first terminal device detecting energy at 9 ⁇ s (i.e. 16-25 ⁇ s). If it exceeds the threshold, it means that a UE occupies the resource; conversely, if it does not exceed the threshold, it means that no UE occupies the resource. resource.
  • the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the third terminal device transmits on the first resource; whether the transmission of the third terminal device on the first resource has a corresponding mixed Automatic retransmission request HARQ feedback; or, the HARQ feedback result corresponding to the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource.
  • the third terminal device that provides feedback in the technical solution of this application usually transmits on the resources allocated by the first terminal device. That is to say, when the third terminal device has transmission needs and can hear the message from the first terminal device, it will transmit on the first resource in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, unless special circumstances occur. Therefore, whether the third terminal device transmits on the first resource is generally understood to mean that the third terminal device transmits on the first resource.
  • whether the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource has corresponding HARQ feedback refers to whether the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource has a third terminal device counterpart (for example, the first terminal device or response from other UEs).
  • the HARQ feedback result corresponding to the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource refers to ACK or NACK, indicating that the third terminal device's transmission on the first resource is successful or failed.
  • the first terminal device when it is determined that the third terminal device does not transmit on the first resource, the first terminal device can promptly access the channel and occupy the first resource to avoid being blocked after 25 ⁇ s due to not occupying the first resource. Other UEs preempt, causing COT interruption, which is not conducive to improving system transmission performance.
  • the first terminal device can report the transmission status of the at least one second terminal device to the network device to facilitate subsequent follow-up of the network device.
  • S405 The first terminal device sends information #3 (that is, an example of the third information) to the network device.
  • the network device receives information #3 from the first terminal device.
  • the network device may determine scheduling resources based on information #3.
  • information #3 is used to indicate one or more of the following: the transmission status of at least one second terminal device; the transmission status of a third terminal device; a fourth terminal device that has not provided feedback, and the fourth terminal device is included in at least one Among the second terminal devices; the fifth terminal device that failed to transmit on the first resource; the sixth terminal device that failed to transmit on the first resource; or the seventh terminal device that successfully transmitted on the first resource.
  • the fifth terminal device, the sixth terminal device and the seventh terminal device are included in the third terminal device.
  • the transmission situation of at least one second terminal device includes: the transmission situation of the terminal device participating in COT-sharing (for example, the transmission situation of the third terminal device (including whether the transmission is on the allocated COT resource, whether the transmission has the HARQ of the opposite end) feedback, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is success or failure), the fifth terminal device that fails to transmit on the first resource, the sixth terminal device that fails to transmit on the first resource, and the seventh terminal device that transmits successfully on the first resource terminal equipment), and the transmission status of terminal equipment that does not participate in COT-sharing, where the terminal equipment that does not participate in COT-sharing is the fourth terminal equipment that does not provide feedback.
  • the transmission situation of the terminal device participating in COT-sharing for example, the transmission situation of the third terminal device (including whether the transmission is on the allocated COT resource, whether the transmission has the HARQ of the opposite end) feedback, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is success or failure
  • the fifth terminal device that fails to transmit on the first resource the sixth terminal device that fails to transmit on
  • the base station indicates that each UE in other UEs (such as UE2, UE3, UE4 and UE5) corresponds to 1 bit information on the PUCCH resource, for example, bit "0" corresponds to ACK, Indicates that the transmission is correct; bit "1" corresponds to NACK, indicating that the transmission failed. If UE2, UE3, and UE4 have feedback, UE5 has no feedback, and the HARQ result corresponding to the transmission of UE2 is ACK, and the HARQ result corresponding to the transmission of UE3 and UE4 is NACK.
  • the HARQ result corresponding to UE1's transmission is ACK
  • the information #2 fed back by UE1 to the base station on the PUCCH resource includes: the corresponding bit of UE1 carries ACK, the corresponding bit of UE2 carries ACK, the corresponding bit of UE3 carries NACK, and the corresponding bit of UE4 carries bit carries NACK, and the corresponding bit of UE5 carries NACK (because it is not fed back), or other indication information is used to indicate that UE5 does not participate in the transmission.
  • the corresponding bit information can be "00111".
  • information #3 may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication of the transmission status of at least one second terminal device.
  • the transmission status of the corresponding terminal device can be indicated through the identification information of the terminal device (such as UE ID or UE IP address).
  • the transmission situation indicated by information #3 may include the transmission situation of all second terminal devices, or may only include the transmission situation of some second terminal devices, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • information #3 is also used to indicate the transmission status of the first terminal device, such as whether to share the COT it has preempted with at least one second terminal device, and the transmission status of the first terminal device on the COT resource, including the first Whether the terminal device transmits HARQ feedback from the peer, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is successful or failed, etc.
  • step S420 if the above step S420 does not occur, that is, UE1 does not receive feedback from any other UE, then UE1 only reports the transmission result of UE1 when performing a PUCCH reply to the base station, such as the Rx side UE of UE1 (i.e. UE1 The HARQ result (ACK or NACK) fed back by the peer UE).
  • UE1 can also inform gNB that no other UE2 participates in COT-sharing.
  • the HARQ result corresponding to other UE2 can be set to NACK, or additional indication information bits can be added to information #3 to indicate that other UE2 has not participated. COT-sharing. In this way, after receiving information #3, the base station recognizes that other UE2 has failed to transmit, and can subsequently schedule resources again for transmission of other UE2.
  • At least one second terminal device can also independently report its respective transmission status to the network device.
  • the base station sends multiple DCIs to multiple UEs to notify COT-sharing related information.
  • Multiple DCIs can be used to determine multiple PUCCH channels, and each PUCCH channel corresponds to a UE. Assuming there are three UEs (for example, UE1, UE2 and UE3), the base station sends DCI#11 to UE1, and DCI#11 is used to indicate PUCCH#11; the base station sends DCI#22 to UE2, and DCI#22 is used to indicate PUCCH#22. ; The base station sends DCI#33 to UE3, and DCI#33 is used to indicate PUCCH#33.
  • UE1 seizes the transmission opportunity through LBT, and can share the preempted COT resources with UE2 and UE3 through COT-sharing. Then UE1, UE2 and UE3 report their respective transmission status on COT resources to the base station on PUCCH#11, PUCCH#22 and PUCCH#11 respectively.
  • a NACK can be fed back to the base station, or indication information indicating that there are no transmission resources can be sent to the base station.
  • a UE such as UE2
  • the HARQ feedback is based on the transmission result. HARQ determined.
  • the UE may determine a COT-sharing resource range (ie, time domain range and/or frequency domain range) according to the location of the PUCCH resource indicated by the DCI.
  • a COT-sharing resource range ie, time domain range and/or frequency domain range
  • the UE carries ACK on the PUCCH sent to the gNB; within this resource range, if there is a transmission opportunity and the transmission obtains NACK feedback, the UE NACK is carried on the PUCCH sent to the gNB.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device that successfully seizes the COT.
  • the first terminal device is directed to Based on the feedback, the third terminal device allocates the resources in the preempted COT, which can reduce resource waste and even prevent the COT from being interrupted, thereby improving system transmission performance and ensuring system throughput.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of COT resource allocation applied to Mode1 and Mode2 scenarios provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station sends DCI to UE1 to inform COT-sharing related information, such as the time-frequency domain location information of COT resources.
  • UE1 seizes the COT through LBT and sends the IDs of other UEs (such as UE2, UE3, UE4 and UE5), and instruct other UEs to use the Type 2B method to feedback whether they heard the UE1 message.
  • UE1 receives feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 gave feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that they could hear the message sent by UE1, but UE5 did not feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that it could not hear the message sent by UE1. Based on the feedback messages from other UEs, UE1 updates COT-sharing related information and sends it to UE2, UE3 and UE4 for UE2, UE3 and UE4 to transmit on the allocated resources, for example, they can access in time slot mode. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit in different sub-channels in the same time slot.
  • UE1 can monitor the transmission status of UE2, UE3 and UE4 on their respective allocated resources, and report the transmission status of other UEs to the base station through PUCCH resources. For example, inform the base station one or more of the following: UE5 does not participate in COT-sharing, UE2, UE3 and UE4 participate in COT-sharing, whether UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit on their respective allocated resources, whether UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit The corresponding HARQ feedback, and whether the HARQ feedback result corresponding to the transmission of UE2, UE3 and UE4 is ACK or NACK, etc.
  • UE1 does not receive feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s, that is, UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5 do not feedback.
  • UE1 can use Type 2A mode to occupy COT resources and continue transmission to avoid COT interruption.
  • UE1 reports the transmission status of other UEs to the base station through PUCCH resources. For example, inform the base station one or more of the following: UE2, UE3, UE4 and UE5 are not participating in COT-sharing, whether UE1's transmission has corresponding HARQ feedback, and whether the HARQ feedback result corresponding to UE1's transmission is ACK or NACK, etc.
  • the feedback mechanism shown in steps S410, S420 and S430 in the above method 400 can be executed alone without executing other steps, such as S401, S405 and S406.
  • Other UEs may be unable to receive UE1's COT-sharing information due to factors such as half-duplex or bidirectional channel differences.
  • the feedback mechanism can be used to further confirm whether other UEs can hear UE1's message, and then determine whether UE1's COT resources can be shared.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of COT resource allocation applied to the Mode 2 scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 can obtain the reservation messages of other UEs by receiving, monitoring or sensing. For example, UE1 obtains side-link control information SCI by demodulating messages from other UEs, thereby obtaining information on resource reservations of other UEs. Then, UE1 preempts the COT through LBT, sends the IDs of other UEs (such as UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5), and instructs other UEs to use Type 2B mode to feedback whether they heard the UE1 message.
  • other UEs such as UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5
  • UE1 receives feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 gave feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that they could hear the message sent by UE1, but UE5 did not feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that it could not hear the message sent by UE1. Based on the feedback messages from other UEs, UE1 updates COT-sharing related information and sends it to UE2, UE3 and UE4 for UE2, UE3 and UE4 to transmit on the allocated resources, for example, they can access in time slot mode. Optionally, UE1 may transmit in different sub-channels in the same time slot as UE2, UE3 and UE4.
  • UE1 does not receive feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s, that is, UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5 do not feedback.
  • UE1 can use Type 2A mode to occupy COT resources and continue transmission to avoid COT interruption.
  • UE1 can give up the transmission; alternatively, UE1 can still use Type2A mode to occupy the channel for transmission until the opposite end of UE1 sends a HARQ result.
  • the feedback detection mechanism avoids allocating resources to other UEs that cannot hear COT-sharing.
  • this method can solve the problem that other UE2 cannot hear the transmission when UE1 shares COT-sharing in Mode1 and/or Mode2 scenarios. It also provides how to feedback the COT-sharing situation to the base station in the Mode1 scenario for subsequent follow-up by the base station. Used when performing Mode1 scheduling.
  • the overhead of additional instructions for feedback from other UEs can be avoided, and feedback resources can also be saved.
  • Mode1 an example is provided to illustrate how UE1 informs gNB of the transmission status of other UEs that share UE1's COT resources, and how to ensure that the COT-sharing related information sent by UE1 can be received by other UEs.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of the second communication method 700 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from the above method 400 is that the resource allocation of COT-sharing in this implementation is completely determined according to the instructions of the network device.
  • UE1 determines the transmission status of other UE2 based on receiving feedback from other UE2, or UE1 autonomously monitors. It should be understood that this implementation method is mainly suitable for Mode1 scenarios. As shown in Figure 7, the method includes the following steps.
  • the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, and the first resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.
  • the first terminal device grabs the channel usage opportunity, that is, the COT resource, in the LBT process through the Type 1 method.
  • the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, including: the first terminal device receives a feedback message from the second terminal device; the first terminal device responds to the feedback message Determine the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the transmission situation determined here based on the feedback message refers to whether the second terminal device is transmitting on the first resource. For example, if the second terminal device provides feedback within 16 to 25 ⁇ s, the first terminal device may determine that the second terminal device occupies the first resource based on the feedback from the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device obtains the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, including: the first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device may monitor whether the second terminal device occupies the resources of the frequency band and/or the PSFCH reply (for example, ACK or NACK) information of the second terminal device through energy detection or detecting the value of SCI.
  • the PSFCH reply for example, ACK or NACK
  • this application does not specifically limit the specific implementation method of the first terminal device monitoring the channel resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; whether the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource has a corresponding HARQ feedback; or, the HARQ feedback result corresponding to the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • Step S404 for the sake of brevity, will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device may share the preempted first resource in the COT to the second terminal device for the second terminal device. Transmission from terminal equipment. That is, before executing step S710, step S701 is also included.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #a (ie, an example of first resource indication information).
  • the second terminal device receives the resource indication information #a from the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #a is used to indicate the first resource occupied by the second terminal device for transmission.
  • the first resource is included in the channel occupancy time COT preempted by the first terminal device, and the first resource includes frequency domain resources and/or time domain resources.
  • this implementation may consider that the first resource is determined by the network device, that is, the network device determines the first resource based on the first terminal device's preemption of the COT resource and the scheduling requirements of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may directly notify the second terminal device of the allocated first resources for transmission by the second terminal device.
  • the indication that the first resource is used for transmission by the second terminal device may be indicated by the base station or may be indicated by the first terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the resource indication information #a is similar to the resource indication information #1 in step S430 in the above-mentioned method 400 in terms of meaning, specific content, transmission method, etc.
  • the resource indication information #a may be a broadcast message
  • the information #a may indicate the resource location for feedback by the second terminal device
  • the resource indication information #a may instruct the second terminal device to perform feedback within the COT through the first method, etc.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device sends the resource indication information #a, the first terminal device generates the resource indication information #a based on feedback from the second terminal device.
  • the COT preempted by the first terminal device includes frequency domain resources #1 to frequency domain resources #5, and time domain resources #1 to time domain resources #3.
  • the first terminal device may determine to allocate time domain resource #1 and frequency domain resource #1 to frequency domain resource #3 to the first UE2 based on the number of fed back UE2 (for example, 2) and the transmission data requirement.
  • Time domain resource #2 and frequency domain resource #4 are allocated to the second UE2 and so on.
  • this application does not specifically limit the specific implementation manner in which the first terminal device generates the resource indication information.
  • the first terminal device may first notify the second terminal device to provide feedback to ensure that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can hear each other. message to avoid wasting the first allocated resource. That is, before executing step S701, steps S702 and S703 are also included.
  • the first terminal device sends information #a (ie, an example of the first information) to the second terminal device.
  • information #a ie, an example of the first information
  • the second terminal device receives information #a from the second terminal device.
  • information #a is used to indicate feedback from the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives feedback from the second terminal device, indicating that the first terminal device and the second terminal device can hear each other's messages.
  • the second terminal device For specific implementation methods, please refer to step S420 of the above-mentioned method 400. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described here.
  • this implementation can consider that the first resource is determined by the first terminal device, that is, the first terminal device can determine which second terminal devices can hear the message sent by it based on the feedback, and then allocate the preempted COT resources. These second terminal devices are provided to prevent the second terminal devices from not using the allocated resources, resulting in resource waste.
  • the message #a is similar to the message #1 in step S410 in the above-mentioned method 400 in terms of its meaning, specific content, sending method, etc.
  • the information #a may be a broadcast message
  • the information #a may indicate the resource location of the second terminal device for feedback
  • the information #a may indicate the second terminal device to perform feedback within the COT through the first method, etc.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the first terminal device monitors whether the second terminal device performs feedback within the first period of time after the first terminal device transmits.
  • the starting moment of the first time period is determined according to the first method. It should be pointed out that the first terminal device transmits in segments. When the first terminal device sends information #a, it indicates that the first segment of transmission of the first terminal device has been completed. At this time, the first terminal device may still have to transmit. The data may also have been completely transmitted during the first segment of transmission, and this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the second segment of transmission for the first terminal device may be to continue to transmit unfinished data and updated COT-sharing information, or to send an empty data packet to avoid interruption of COT resources, etc.
  • the first method may be the Type 2A method or the Type 2B method in the current standard, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first terminal device determines whether the second terminal device is transmitting on the first resource by monitoring (for example, within 16 to 25 ⁇ s) whether the channel is occupied. For example, if the first terminal device monitors for 16 to 25 ⁇ s and finds that the second terminal device does not transmit, it can occupy the first resource for data transmission after 25 ⁇ s to avoid waste of COT resources or COT interruption.
  • step S402 the specific content and monitoring method of the first terminal device may refer to step S402 in the above-mentioned method 400.
  • steps S402 the specific content and monitoring method of the first terminal device may refer to step S402 in the above-mentioned method 400.
  • the network device may instruct the first terminal device to share the grabbed COT resources with the second terminal device. transmission. That is, before executing step S702, step S704 is also included.
  • S704 The network device sends information #b to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives information #b from the network device.
  • the information #b is used to determine to allocate the first resource in the COT preempted by the first terminal device to the second terminal device, and the information #b includes identification information of the second terminal device, such as UE2(s) ID.
  • the network device may instruct the first terminal device to use resource #1 (for example, occupy the COT resource) in the COT resource.
  • resource #1 for example, occupy the COT resource
  • the transmission resources of time slots 1 to 10) are allocated to the first UE2
  • resource #2 in the COT resource of the first terminal device for example, the transmission resources occupying time slots 11 to 15
  • the first terminal device sends the first resource to the second terminal device based on the instruction of the network device for transmission by the second terminal device.
  • information #b may also include information such as the data demand of the second terminal device.
  • the network device may determine to occupy time domain resources (for example, the number of time slots or ms) and/or the frequency domain resources (for example, the number of subchannels, the number of RBs, or the number of interlaces) based on the UE2 with the greatest data demand.
  • the network device receives a scheduling request message from the second terminal device, so that the network device collects UE2 with transmission requirements.
  • the scheduling request message may include information such as UE2 ID or the ID of the opposite end UE communicating with UE2.
  • information #b is similar to information #2 in step S401 in the above-mentioned method 400 in terms of meaning, specific content, transmission method, etc.
  • the information #b may include the data requirement of the second terminal device, etc.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the first terminal device can actively report resource request information #a and information #c for consideration when the network device allocates COT-sharing, and then This avoids the problem that UEs cannot hear each other. That is, before executing step S704, step S705 is also included.
  • the first terminal device sends resource request information #a (that is, an example of resource request information) and information #c (that is, an example of third information) to the network device.
  • resource request information #a that is, an example of resource request information
  • information #c that is, an example of third information
  • the network device receives resource request information #a and information #c from the first terminal device.
  • the resource request information #a requests resources used for transmission by the first terminal device, and the information #c includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device, and the other terminal devices include the second terminal. device; location information of the first terminal device; or identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device when reporting the BSR to the base station, may carry the location information of the first terminal device, or the source ID and destination ID.
  • resource request information #a is similar to the resource request information #1 in step S406 in the above-mentioned method 400 in terms of meaning, purpose, sending method, etc.
  • Information #c is similar to information #4 in step S406 in the above-mentioned method 400 in terms of meaning, specific content, transmission method, etc. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
  • the first terminal device can determine and report feedback information to the network device. That is, after performing step S710, steps S720 and S730 are also included.
  • the first terminal device determines the feedback information #a (ie, an example of the first feedback information) according to the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the feedback information #a ie, an example of the first feedback information
  • the feedback information #a is used to indicate one or more of the following: a third terminal device that failed to transmit on the first resource; a fourth terminal device that failed to transmit on the first resource; a third terminal device that failed to transmit on the first resource.
  • the feedback information #a may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication of the transmission status of the second terminal device.
  • the transmission status of the corresponding terminal device in the first resource can be indicated through the UE ID or the UE IP address.
  • the transmission status indicated by the feedback information #a may include the transmission status of all second terminal devices, or may only include the transmission status of some second terminal devices, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • S730 The first terminal device sends feedback information #a to the network device.
  • the network device receives feedback information #a from the first terminal device.
  • the network device may determine the scheduling resources according to the feedback information #a.
  • the first terminal device feeds back the transmission status of the second terminal device through the PUCCH resource indicated by the network device.
  • the first terminal device can also send feedback information #b to the network device.
  • the feedback information #b is used to indicate the transmission status of the first terminal device, such as whether to share the COT it has preempted with the second terminal device. And the transmission status of the first terminal device on the COT resource, including whether the transmission of the first terminal device has HARQ feedback from the opposite end, and whether the result of the HARQ feedback is successful or failed, etc.
  • feedback information #a and feedback information #b can be sent on the same channel or on different channels, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device that successfully seizes the COT.
  • the first terminal device feeds back to the network device the transmission status of the resources of the second terminal device in the COT, which solves the problem that the current network device cannot obtain other UEs. transmission issues.
  • the network device Based on the transmission status of part or all of the second terminal device reported by the first terminal device, the network device can be targeted in the subsequent scheduling of resources to avoid the waste of resources, which is conducive to meeting the transmission needs of the terminal device and thereby improving communication. System transmission performance and system throughput.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic diagram of other UEs feeding back transmission conditions on COT resources to UEl according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • UEl can determine the UEs participating in COT-sharing. For example, the base station sends DCI to UE1 to inform COT-sharing related information, such as the time-frequency domain location information of COT resources.
  • UE1 seizes the COT through LBT, sends transmission resources to other UEs (such as UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5), and Instruct other UEs to use Type 2B mode to feedback whether they heard the UE1 message. It should be understood that the transmission resources allocated to other UEs are indicated by the base station through DCI.
  • UE1 receives feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 gave feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that they could hear the message sent by UE1, but UE5 did not feedback within the 9 ⁇ s, indicating that it could not hear the message sent by UE1.
  • UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit on the COT resources that UE1 preempts as instructed by the base station, for example, accessing in slot or interlace mode. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit in different sub-channels in the same time slot.
  • UE1 can transmit on COT resources at the same time as UE2, UE3 and UE4, monitor the transmission status of UE2, UE3 and UE4, and report the transmission status of other UE2, UE3 and UE4 to the base station through PUCCH resources.
  • UE1 does not receive feedback messages from other UEs within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s, that is, UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5 do not feedback. At this time, UE1 can use the Type 2A method to occupy COT resources to continue transmission or not to transmit to avoid COT interruption. Further, UE1 reports the transmission status of other UEs to the base station through PUCCH resources.
  • the COT-sharing information is determined based on the resources allocated by the base station, and UE1 receives feedback from other UEs (for example, whether to access the channel within 9 ⁇ s), which solves the problem that UEs cannot hear each other when performing COT-sharing. , and at the same time determine the transmission status of other UEs carried by the PUCCH fed back to the base station.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of UE1 monitoring the transmission of other UEs on COT resources provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 can determine whether other UEs occupy the resources of the frequency band by monitoring the usage of COT-sharing, and then feed back to the base station the identification of UEs that participate and/or do not participate in COT-sharing.
  • the base station sends DCI to UE1 to inform COT-sharing related information, such as the time-frequency domain location information of COT resources.
  • UE1 seizes the COT through LBT and sends transmission resources to other UEs (such as UE2, UE3, UE4, and UE5). It should be understood that the transmission resources allocated to other UEs are indicated by the base station through DCI.
  • UE1 detects that the channel is occupied within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s. That is to say, UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit on the COT resources that UE1 preempts as instructed by the base station. For example, UE2, UE3 and UE4 transmit in different sub-channels in the same time slot. Further, UE1 can monitor the transmission status of UE2, UE3 and UE4 on their respective allocated resources, and report the transmission status of other UEs to the base station through PUCCH resources.
  • UE1 does not detect that the channel is occupied within 9 ⁇ s of 16 to 25 ⁇ s. That is to say, UE2, UE3 and UE4 did not transmit on the COT resources that UE1 indicated to seize. At this time, UE1 can use the Type 2A method to occupy the COT resources to continue transmission or not to transmit, as long as the COT is not interrupted. Further, UE1 reports the transmission status of other UEs to the base station through PUCCH resources.
  • this implementation has no feedback mechanism, and only determines the information carried on the PUCCH fed back to the base station based on the transmission conditions of other UEs.
  • COT-sharing is only transmission between other UEs, excluding transmission by UE1.
  • COT-sharing information is determined based on the resources allocated by the base station, and UE1 monitors the transmission status of other UEs (for example, whether transmission is performed on the resources allocated by the base station, whether the transmission has corresponding HARQ feedback, and the result of the HARQ feedback is ACK or NACK), determine the transmission status of other UEs carried by the PUCCH fed back to the base station.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic flowchart of the third communication method 1000 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • This implementation does not involve a feedback mechanism. It mainly uses UE1 to allocate COT resources to other UEs and monitor the transmission conditions of other UEs to determine whether to seize the channel to avoid COT interruption. As shown in Figure 10, the method includes the following steps.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #A (ie, an example of the first resource indication information) to the second terminal device.
  • resource indication information #A ie, an example of the first resource indication information
  • the second terminal device receives the resource indication information #A from the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #A is used to indicate the first resource occupied by the second terminal device for transmission.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, and the first resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.
  • the resource indication information #A is similar to the resource indication information #a in step S701 in the above-mentioned method 700 in terms of meaning, specific content, transmission method, etc.
  • the resource indication information #A may be a broadcast message
  • the information #A may indicate the resource location for feedback by the second terminal device
  • the resource indication information #A may instruct the second terminal device to perform feedback within the COT through the first method, etc.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the resource indication information #A is also used to instruct the third terminal device to transmit the occupied second resource, that is, the first terminal device sends the resource indication information #A to the third terminal device, and the second resource is included in the first terminal device.
  • the second resource includes a time domain resource and/or a frequency domain resource, and the time domain in which the second resource is located is located behind the time domain in which the first resource is located.
  • the first terminal device may determine that the second terminal device and the third terminal device have transmission requirements based on the reservation information of other UEs.
  • the first terminal device can simultaneously allocate transmission resources to the second terminal device and the third terminal device through the resource indication information #A, that is, the first resource and the second resource. For example, the transmission position of the first resource is before the second resource. .
  • the second terminal device may not perform transmission due to certain reasons. This application does not exclude the occurrence of this situation.
  • the resource indication information #A may be generated before the first terminal device sends the resource indication information #A to the second terminal device. That is, before executing step S1010, step S1001 is also included.
  • the first terminal device determines resource indication information #A.
  • the first terminal device senses the channel resources or determines the transmission requirements of the second terminal device according to the reservation information of other UEs, and assigns the first resource (for example, from the first time slot) in the COT resources preempted by the first terminal device to The first time period starting from the beginning) is allocated to the second terminal device.
  • the first resource may be larger than the transmission requirement resource of the second terminal device, or may be smaller than the transmission requirement resource of the second terminal device.
  • the resource will be shared with the second terminal device next time, and this application does not specifically limit this. .
  • the first terminal device can monitor the transmission situation of the second terminal device, and then determine whether the first terminal device needs to occupy the first resource, and determining information fed back to network devices. That is, after executing step S1010, S1020, S1030 and S1002 are also included.
  • the first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device may monitor whether the second terminal device occupies the resources of the frequency band through energy detection.
  • energy detection can be understood as the first terminal device detecting energy at 9 ⁇ s (i.e. 16-25 ⁇ s). If it exceeds the threshold, it means that the second terminal device occupies the resource; conversely, if it does not exceed the threshold, it means that the second terminal device occupies the resource. The terminal device does not occupy the resource. At this time, the first terminal device can occupy the first resource.
  • the first terminal device determines whether to occupy the first resource according to the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device when it is determined that the second terminal device does not transmit on the first resource, the first terminal device transmits on the first resource.
  • the first terminal device monitors for 16 to 25 ⁇ s and finds that the second terminal device does not transmit. It can be considered that the second terminal device has not heard the message sent by the first terminal device. Therefore, the first terminal device can transmit after 25 ⁇ s. Continue to occupy the first resource for transmission of the first terminal device to avoid waste of COT resources or COT interruption.
  • the first terminal device may re-send resource indication information to the third terminal device to indicate the resource transmitted by the third terminal device. That is, after step S1002, step S1005 is also included.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #B (that is, an example of the second resource indication information) to the third terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #B is used to indicate the second resource, and the second resource is used for the third terminal device.
  • transmission the second resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device, the second resource includes time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources, and the time domain where the second resource is located is located behind the time domain where the first resource is located.
  • sending the resource indication information #B is an optional step, that is, the resource indication information #A has already indicated the second resource transmitted by the third terminal device.
  • This implementation can be regarded as the first resource is not transmitted by the second terminal.
  • the device is occupied.
  • the first terminal device accesses the channel after 25 ⁇ s, performs data transmission of the first terminal device, and re-sends the second resource indication information to the third terminal device.
  • the second resource indicated by the resource indication information #B The second resource is the same as the second resource indicated in the first resource indication information.
  • other UEs such as UE2 may also send the resource indication information #B to the third terminal device.
  • the second terminal device uses the first resource and transmits data on the first resource. After the transmission is completed, the second terminal device monitors whether the third terminal device is connected within 16 to 25 ⁇ s. If it is determined that the third terminal device accesses within 16 to 25 ⁇ s, the second terminal device may or may not send the resource indication information #B, indicating that the third terminal device will next transmit on the allocated second resource. . If it is determined that the third terminal device does not access within 16-25 ⁇ s, the second terminal device can occupy the second resource to avoid COT interruption.
  • the first terminal device can monitor the transmission situation of the third terminal device, and then determine whether the first terminal device needs to occupy the second resource, and determining information fed back to network devices. That is, after executing step S1005, S1003 and S1004 are also included.
  • the first terminal device monitors the transmission status of the third terminal device on the second resource.
  • the first terminal device determines whether to occupy the second resource based on the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the second resource.
  • the first terminal device may monitor whether the third terminal device occupies the resources of the frequency band through energy detection.
  • energy detection can be understood as the first terminal device detecting energy at 9 ⁇ s (i.e. 16-25 ⁇ s). If it exceeds the threshold, it means that the third terminal device occupies the resource; conversely, if it does not exceed the threshold, it means that the third terminal device occupies the resource. The terminal device does not occupy the resource. At this time, the first terminal device can occupy the second resource.
  • steps S1003 and S1004 illustrate that UE1 that starts COT continuously monitors the occupancy of the time slot, that is, the transmission status of UE2 and UE3 on the allocated resources.
  • the UE that occupied the previous time slot may continuously monitor the occupancy of the time slot.
  • the transmission status of the third terminal device may also be continuously monitored by UE2 that occupied the previous time slot. That is to say, the UE that transmitted in the previous time slot in the same COT monitors the transmission of the next time slot to ensure that the COT is not interrupted. That is, UE1 monitors UE2 after transmitting, and UE2 monitors UE3 after transmitting.
  • the premise of this implementation is that the first terminal device seizes the COT resource, and the second terminal device occupies the first resource allocated by the first terminal device and transmits on the first resource. Further, the second terminal device can monitor the transmission status of the third terminal device on the second resource and determine whether to occupy the second resource. That is, the method also includes steps S1006-S1008.
  • the second terminal device may monitor whether the third terminal device occupies the resources of the frequency band through energy detection.
  • energy detection can be understood as the second terminal device detecting energy at 9 ⁇ s (i.e. 16-25 ⁇ s). If it exceeds the threshold, it means that the third terminal device occupies the resource; conversely, if it does not exceed the threshold, it means that the third terminal device occupies the resource. The terminal device does not occupy the resource. At this time, the second terminal device can occupy the second resource.
  • the second terminal device determines whether to occupy the second resource based on the transmission situation of the third terminal device on the second resource.
  • the second terminal device monitors for 16 to 25 ⁇ s and finds that the third terminal device does not transmit. It can be considered that the third terminal device has not heard the message sent by the first terminal device, so the second terminal device can transmit after 25 ⁇ s. Continue to occupy the second resource for transmission of the second terminal device to avoid waste of COT resources or COT interruption.
  • the first terminal device when the second terminal device does not use the first resource for transmission, the first terminal device promptly accesses the channel and occupies the first resource to avoid being blocked after 25 ⁇ s due to not occupying the first resource.
  • This method can not only reduce the waste of COT resources and avoid COT interruption by other UEs, but also help ensure the system transmission system.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of a UE that starts COT continuously monitoring the occupancy of time slots provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 seizes COT resources and completes the first transmission in slot 1. During this period, it sends COT-sharing information to other UEs (such as UE2 and UE3), and allocates resources in the COT to other UEs for transmission (such as slot 2). For UE2 transmission, slot 3 is used for UE3 transmission), and instructs other UEs to use Type 2B mode for feedback.
  • UE1 monitors the transmission of UE2 in 16 ⁇ 25 ⁇ s after the first transmission.
  • UE2 If UE2 is transmitting on slot 2, it will continue to monitor; if the channel is not occupied within 25 ⁇ s, it means that UE2 is not transmitting on slot 2, then UE1 will follow Type The 2A mode continues to occupy the channel (i.e. slot 2) and continues the transmission of UE1 to prevent other UEs from seizing the channel through LBT.
  • UE1 may allocate updated COT-sharing information to UE3 to indicate the resources transmitted by UE3. It should be noted that the resource indicated by the updated COT-sharing information sent to UE3 is still slot 3. Furthermore, UE1 monitors the transmission of UE3 within 16 ⁇ 25 ⁇ s after the second transmission.
  • UE3 transmits on slot 3, it means that UE3 occupies the allocated resources, and UE1 does not need to occupy slot 3; if the channel is not occupied within 25 ⁇ s, it means that UE3 If the transmission is not performed on slot 3, UE1 will continue to occupy the channel (i.e. slot 3) according to the Type 2A method and continue the transmission of UE1 to avoid other UEs from seizing the channel through LBT.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic diagram in which the UE occupying the previous time slot continuously monitors the occupancy of the time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 seizes COT resources and completes the first transmission in slot 1. During this period, it sends COT-sharing information to other UEs (such as UE2 and UE3), and allocates resources in the COT to other UEs for transmission (such as slot2 for UE2 transmission, slot3 is used for UE3 transmission), and instructs other UEs to use Type 2B mode for feedback.
  • UE1 monitors the transmission of UE2 in 16 ⁇ 25 ⁇ s after the first transmission.
  • the channel is not occupied within 25 ⁇ s, it means that UE2 is not transmitting on slot 2, and UE1 will continue to occupy the channel (for example, slot 2) according to the Type 2A method to avoid Other UEs seize the channel through LBT.
  • UE2 transmits on slot2
  • UE2 will monitor the transmission status of UE3 in 16 ⁇ 25 ⁇ s after the end of slot2 transmission.
  • the channel is not occupied within 25 ⁇ s, it means that UE3 is not transmitting on slot3, and UE2 will continue in Type 2A mode. Occupy the channel (for example, slot 3) to prevent other UEs from seizing the channel through LBT.
  • UE2 may allocate updated COT-sharing information to UE3 to indicate the resources transmitted by UE3. It should be noted that the resource indicated by the updated COT-sharing information sent to UE3 is still slot 3.
  • FIG 13 is a schematic flowchart of the fourth communication method 1300 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, it includes the following steps.
  • the network device sends multiple indication information to multiple terminal devices.
  • the network device sends the instruction information #11 (that is, an example of the first instruction information) to the first terminal device, and the corresponding first terminal device receives the instruction information #11 from the network device.
  • the instruction information #11 that is, an example of the first instruction information
  • the network device sends instruction information #22 (ie, an example of the second instruction information) to the second terminal device, and the corresponding second terminal device receives the instruction information #22 from the network device.
  • instruction information #22 ie, an example of the second instruction information
  • the indication information #11 is used to indicate transmission resources and PUCCH resource #11, and the indication information #22 is used to indicate transmission resources and PUCCH resource #22.
  • the network device may indicate transmission resources and PUCCH resources to multiple terminal devices through DCI.
  • the number of instruction information sent by the network device corresponds to the number of terminal devices one-to-one.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #11 (ie, an example of resource indication information) to the second terminal device.
  • resource indication information #11 ie, an example of resource indication information
  • the second terminal device receives the resource indication information #11 from the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #11 is used to indicate the first resource, the first resource is used for transmission of the second terminal device, and the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #11 is similar to the corresponding resource indication information #1, resource indication information #a and resource indication information #A in the above-mentioned methods 400, 700 and 1000 in terms of meaning, specific content, transmission method, etc. .
  • the resource indication information #11 can be a broadcast message
  • the resource indication information #11 can indicate the resource location for the second terminal device to feedback
  • the resource indication information #11 can instruct the second terminal device to feedback within the COT through the first method, etc.
  • the specific implementation of this step may refer to the above-mentioned steps S430, S701 or S1010, etc., and for the sake of brevity, they will not be described again here.
  • the second terminal device determines the feedback information #11 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) according to the transmission situation of the first resource.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; whether the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource has a corresponding HARQ feedback; or, the HARQ feedback result corresponding to the transmission of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the network device receives feedback information #11 from the second terminal device on PUCCH resource #22.
  • the second terminal device sends feedback information #11 to the second terminal device on PUCCH resource #22.
  • the feedback information #11 is used to indicate the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource, and the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the network device sends a DCI to each terminal device with scheduling requirements to indicate the transmission resources (i.e., COT) that can be preempted and the PUCCH resources corresponding to each UE.
  • COT transmission resources
  • Each UE (such as UE2) will If it can seize the transmission opportunity, it can share the COT grabbed by UE1 for transmission, and report the transmitted HARQ result through its own PUCCH resource indicated by the network device.
  • S1360 The first terminal device sends feedback information #22 to the network device on PUCCH resource #11.
  • the network device receives feedback information #22 from the first terminal device on PUCCH resource #11.
  • the feedback information #22 is used to indicate the transmission situation of the first terminal device within the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the transmission situation of the first terminal device may be: whether the first terminal device shares the COT it has preempted with the second terminal device, whether the transmission of the first terminal device on the COT resource has HARQ feedback from the peer, and The result of HARQ feedback is success or failure, etc.
  • the gNB can send multiple DCIs to multiple UEs to inform each UE of information associated with COT-sharing, such as the time-frequency domain location of the COT resource.
  • information associated with COT-sharing such as the time-frequency domain location of the COT resource.
  • UE1 grabs the transmission opportunity through LBT
  • other UEs such as UE2 and UE3
  • Each DCI is used to determine the PUCCH channel of a terminal device (such as UE1, UE2 and UE3).
  • UE1 that grabs the COT can feedback to the base station on its own PUCCH channel based on its own transmission HARQ result.
  • UE2 and UE3, which have not grabbed the COT obtain transmission opportunities through COT-sharing. And based on its transmission HARQ result on COT resources, it feeds back to the base station on its own PUCCH channel.
  • the HARQ feedback is determined according to the transmission result HARQ.
  • the UE may determine a COT-sharing resource range (ie, time domain range and/or frequency domain range) according to the location of the resource indicated by the DCI. Within this resource range, if there is a transmission opportunity and the transmission obtains ACK feedback, the UE carries ACK on the PUCCH sent to the gNB; within this resource range, if there is a transmission opportunity and the transmission obtains NACK feedback, the UE NACK is carried on the PUCCH sent to the gNB.
  • a COT-sharing resource range ie, time domain range and/or frequency domain range
  • the second terminal device can determine the PUCCH resources carried by the feedback transmission status according to the instruction information of the network device, and then report the respective transmission status to the network device on the indicated PUCCH resources, so that the network device knows each
  • the actual transmission situation of the terminal equipment facilitates subsequent targeted and reasonable allocation of COT sharing resources to avoid wasting COT resources.
  • step S405 of the communication method 400 and step S730 of the communication method 700 other UEs sharing the COT-sharing information of UE1 can also independently report their respective transmission situations to the network device.
  • UE2 can determine its own PUCCH resources according to the different allocated COT-sharing resources, so that each UE can feedback on its own PUCCH channel. For example, if transmission is performed on a certain resource, E2 can determine the corresponding PUCCH resource according to the time-frequency resource where the respective transmission is located, and feedback the transmission status to the base station on the PUCCH resource, such as whether the transmission is successful or whether the transmission is successful.
  • FIG 14 is a schematic flowchart of the fifth communication method 1400 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, it includes the following steps.
  • S1410 The network device sends indication information #aa to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives the indication information #aa from the network device.
  • the indication information #aa is used to indicate transmission resources, and the indication information #aa is also used to determine to allocate resources within the channel occupancy time COT preempted by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the indication information #aa includes the second terminal device. identification information.
  • S1420 The network device sends configuration information #aa to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the configuration information #aa from the network device.
  • the configuration information #aa is used to configure periodic physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources for the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can share the preempted COT resources with the second terminal device, that is, perform step S1430.
  • the first terminal device sends resource indication information #aa to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device receives the resource indication information #aa from the first terminal device.
  • the resource indication information #aa is used to indicate the first resource.
  • the first resource is used for transmission of the second terminal device.
  • the first resource is included in the channel occupancy time COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the first resource includes frequency domain resources. and/or time domain resources.
  • the resource indication information #aa and the resource indication information #1, resource indication information #a, resource indication information #A and resource indication information #11 corresponding to the above methods 400, 700, 1000 and 1300 have the meaning and specific meaning.
  • the content carried, the method of sending, etc. are similar.
  • the resource indication information #aa can be a broadcast message
  • the resource indication information #aa can indicate the resource location for the second terminal device to feedback
  • the resource indication information #aa can instruct the second terminal device to feedback within the COT through the first method, etc.
  • the specific implementation of this step may refer to the above-mentioned steps S430, S701, S1010 or S1330, etc., and for the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again here.
  • the second terminal device can further determine the transmission status of the second terminal device that is fed back to the network device based on the periodic PUCCH resources configured by the network device and the first resource within the COT resources allocated by the first terminal device.
  • the carried PUCCH resource is to execute step S1440.
  • the second terminal device determines PUCCH resource #bb according to the transmission position of the first resource, and the PUCCH resource #bb is included in the periodic PUCCH resource.
  • PUCCH resource #bb is the first PUCCH resource separated by the first time slot after the first resource; or, PUCCH resource #bb is the first PUCCH resource separated by the first time slot after the HARQ feedback resource corresponding to the transmission on the first resource.
  • PUCCH resources are the first PUCCH resource separated by the first time slot after the first resource.
  • the second terminal device may feed back its transmission status to the network device on the PUCCH resource #bb determined in step S1440, that is, perform step S1450.
  • the second terminal device sends feedback information #aa to the network device on the PUCCH resource #bb.
  • the network device receives the feedback information #aa from the second terminal device on the PUCCH resource #bb.
  • the feedback information #bb is used to indicate the transmission status of the second terminal device on the first resource.
  • the first resource is included in the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the first resource includes frequency domain resources and/or time domain resources.
  • PUCCH resource #bb is determined based on the transmission position of the first resource.
  • PUCCH resource #bb is included in the cycle Specific PUCCH resources.
  • the transmission situation of the second terminal device on the first resource includes one or more of the following: whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource; whether the second terminal device transmits on the first resource. There is corresponding HARQ feedback; or, the second terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ feedback result on the first resource.
  • S1460 The first terminal device sends feedback information #bb to the network device on PUCCH resource #aa.
  • the network device receives the feedback information #bb from the first terminal device on the PUCCH resource #aa.
  • the first terminal device after the first terminal device completes the transmission on the COT resource it has preempted, it can report its transmission status to the network device through PUCCH resource #aa, that is, this application describes the steps between step S1460 and other steps (such as step S1450).
  • the execution timing is not limited.
  • PUCCH resource #aa may be configured by the network device in advance for the first terminal device before step S1440, for the first terminal device to feedback its transmission status.
  • the feedback information #bb is used to indicate the transmission situation of the first terminal device within the COT preempted by the first terminal device.
  • the transmission situation of the first terminal device may be: whether the first terminal device shares the COT it has preempted with the second terminal device, whether the transmission of the first terminal device on the COT resource has HARQ feedback from the peer, and The result of HARQ feedback is success or failure, etc.
  • each UE can determine its own PUCCH feedback channel resource according to the resource location of COT-sharing, so that each UE can feedback on its own channel. For example, if UE2 transmits on a certain resource, UE2 can determine the corresponding PUCCH resource based on the time-frequency resource where the transmission is located, and feedback the transmission status to the base station on the PUCCH resource, such as whether the transmission is successful or whether the transmission is successful.
  • the PUCCH resources corresponding to multiple terminal devices are determined based on the time domain resources for sending data, and the time domain resources for sending data are indicated by the base station in the DCI.
  • This implementation can prevent multiple UEs from using the same PUCCH transmission, that is, the PUCCH resources fed back by each UE are associated with the frequency domain resources allocated by COT-sharing.
  • this application also proposes a technical solution, that is, before the network device sends COT-sharing signaling, the first terminal device can pre-send COT-sharing signaling to the network device. Provide more information, such as the monitored information about other UEs, the location information of the first terminal device, etc., for the base station to consider when allocating COT-sharing.
  • FIG 15 is a schematic flowchart of the sixth communication method 600 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the method includes the following steps.
  • the first terminal device sends resource request information # ⁇ (that is, an example of resource request information) and information # ⁇ (that is, an example of first information) to the network device.
  • resource request information # ⁇ that is, an example of resource request information
  • information # ⁇ that is, an example of first information
  • the network device receives the resource request information # ⁇ and information # ⁇ from the first terminal device.
  • resource request information # ⁇ and information # ⁇ can be sent together or at the same time, and this application does not limit this.
  • the resource request information # ⁇ is used to request resources for transmission by the first terminal device, and the information # ⁇ includes one or more of the following: identification information of other terminal devices monitored by the first terminal device; Location information; or, identification information of the first terminal device.
  • the other terminal devices include at least one second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device when reporting the BSR to the base station, the first terminal device carries the location information of the first terminal device, or carries the source ID and destination ID obtained by monitoring SCI sensing.
  • the resource request information is used to request transmission resources from the network device.
  • the network device may further instruct the first terminal device to seize the location of the COT resource, that is, to transmit data on the preempted COT resource.
  • the identification information of the first terminal device may be UE1 ID, the IP address of UE1, or an external identifier of UE1, such as GPSI or zone ID (ie, zone block ID).
  • the location information of the first terminal device may be absolute coordinates or relative coordinates of the geographical location. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • the network device determines scheduling resources based on resource request information # ⁇ and information # ⁇ .
  • the network device subsequently instructs UE1 to share the preempted COT resources with other UEs through DCI.
  • the network device subsequently instructs UE1 to share the preempted COT resources with other UEs through DCI.
  • the resource request information # ⁇ and information # ⁇ reported by the first terminal device will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 .
  • FIG 16 is a schematic diagram of UE1 reporting resource requests and monitored UE2 information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 senses the identity of UE2 occupying the channel based on the monitoring channel occupancy situation. For example, by demodulating the transmitted SCI content, the identity of UE2 occupying the channel is obtained, and the monitored identity of UE2 is reported to the base station; UE1 reports a resource request to the base station to request transmission resources.
  • UE1 when UE1 transmits the BSR, it carries the monitored source ID and/or destination ID in the SCI to the base station; as well as the source ID of UE1 or the identification of UE1; the source of the identification ID may be related to the service and the random number selected by UE1, or It may be the identification value assigned by the base station. Further, in step 2, based on receiving the scheduling request of UE2, the base station may send DCI to UE1 to indicate COT-sharing related information.
  • UE1 reports the identity of UE2 it monitors.
  • gNB allocates COT-sharing information, it allocates UEs that can hear each other to transmit within a COT (such as UE1 and UE2), avoiding the possibility that they cannot hear each other. question.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of UE1 reporting resource requests and location information of UE1 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 reports the BSR
  • it carries the location information of UE1 to the base station, so that the subsequent base station can use the location information of UE1 to match the location information of other UEs (such as UE2) that are close to or in the same area as UE1. ) into a COT-sharing group.
  • the base station may send DCI to UE1 to indicate COT-sharing related information.
  • the above communication method 600 is an auxiliary method. Since there is no feedback mechanism between UEs, there is no guarantee that the COT-sharing information sent by UE1 can be heard, but it can reduce the situation of not hearing each other to a certain extent. . Further, based on UE1, the base station can refer to the above communication method, which will not be described again here for the sake of simplicity.
  • this application provides a communication method and device.
  • UE1 allocates COT resources to UE2 that has given feedback, which can reduce resource waste and avoid COT interruption; through the PUCCH of UE1
  • the resource reports the transmission status of other UE2 on the allocated COT resource preempted by UE1, and other UEs report their transmission status on the allocated COT resource preempted by UE1 through the PUCCH resource indicated by the base station, so that subsequent base stations can know other UEs with scheduling needs.
  • the transmission situation further determines the scheduling resources, which can improve the utilization of spectrum resources and improve system transmission performance.
  • the communication method embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 17 .
  • the communication device side embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19 . It should be understood that the description of the device embodiments corresponds to the description of the method embodiments. Therefore, the parts not described in detail can be referred to the previous method embodiments.
  • FIG 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2000 may include a transceiver unit 2010, a processing unit 2020, and an acquisition unit 2030.
  • the transceiver unit 2010 can communicate with the outside, the processing unit 2020 is used for data processing, and the acquisition unit 2030 is used to receive data from the outside, which is equivalent to the transceiver unit 2010; or the acquisition unit 2030 is also used for internal processing to obtain data, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 2010 may also be called a communication interface or a transceiver unit.
  • the apparatus 2000 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the first terminal device (for example, UE1) in the above method embodiment, wherein the processing unit 2020 is used to execute the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiving unit 2010 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the first terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 2000 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the second terminal device (for example, UE2) in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 2010 is used to perform the above method implementation.
  • the processing unit 2020 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing of the second terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 2000 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the network device (for example, a base station) in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 2010 is used to perform the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 2020 is configured to perform operations related to the transmission and reception of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 2000 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors) used to execute one or more software or firmware programs. processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors
  • memory merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • the device 2000 can be specifically the sending end in the above embodiment, and can be used to perform various processes and/or steps corresponding to the sending end in the above method embodiment, or, The device 2000 may be specifically a receiving end in the above embodiments, and may be used to perform various processes and/or steps corresponding to the receiving end in the above method embodiments. To avoid duplication, they will not be described again here.
  • the device 1200 of each of the above solutions has the function of realizing the corresponding steps performed by the sending end in the above method, or the device 1200 of each of the above solutions has the function of realizing the corresponding steps of the receiving end of the above method.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiving unit. (machine replacement), other units, such as processing units, etc., can be replaced by processors to respectively perform the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the device in Figure 18 can be the receiving end or transmitting end in the previous embodiment, or it can be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • SoC system on chip
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface.
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitation is made here.
  • Figure 19 shows a communication device 3000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3000 includes a processor 3010 and a transceiver 3020.
  • the processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 3010 is used to execute instructions to control the transceiver 3020 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the device 3000 may also include a memory 3030, which communicates with the processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 through internal connection paths.
  • the memory 3030 is used to store instructions, and the processor 3010 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 3030.
  • the apparatus 3000 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the first terminal device (for example, UE1) in the above method embodiment.
  • the first terminal device for example, UE1
  • the apparatus 3000 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the network equipment (eg, base station) in the above method embodiment.
  • the network equipment eg, base station
  • the apparatus 3000 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the second terminal device (for example, UE2) in the above method embodiment.
  • the second terminal device for example, UE2
  • the device 3000 may be specifically the sending end or the receiving end in the above embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system.
  • the transceiver 3020 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • the device 3000 can be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the sending end or the receiving end in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 3030 may include read-only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 3010 can be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 3010 is used to execute each step of the above method embodiment corresponding to the sending end or the receiving end. and/or process.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can implement or execute the various methods, steps and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above embodiments. Methods.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-described embodiments. Methods.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法和装置。该方法包括：第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，用于指示至少一个第二终端设备反馈；第一终端设备接收第三终端设备的反馈，第三终端设备是至少一个第二终端设备中进行了反馈的终端设备；第一终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内。通过引入UE间的反馈机制，UE1向进行反馈了的UE2分配COT资源，能够减少资源浪费，避免COT被打断，进而提高频谱资源的利用率，以及提升系统传输性能。

Description

通信方法和装置
本申请要求于2022年08月11日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210962004.2、申请名称为“通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种通信方法和装置。
背景技术
随着移动通信业务对频谱的需求不断增加，利用非授权频谱资源进行数据传输成为发展方向。在侧行链路(sidelink，SL)传输过程中，终端设备需要在资源池中选择用于传输数据的物理资源。例如，终端设备可以通过先听后说(listen before talk，LBT)抢占信道，或者分享其他终端设备抢占信道后得到的资源传输数据。
示例性的，基站的覆盖范围较广，可以接收到一定范围内用户设备(user equipment，UE)发送的资源请求。然而，这些UE彼此之间并不一定能互相听到对方的消息，也就是说，当UE1将自己抢占信道后得到的资源上分享给其他UE时，其他UE可能由于听不到UE1的消息而无法在分配的资源上传输，进而造成信道占用时间(channel occupancy time，COT)资源的浪费，甚至导致COT资源被打断等。
因此，如何保证资源的利用率，以及系统传输性能是亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种通信方法和装置，能够保证COT资源的利用率，进而提高系统传输性能。
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备(例如，UE1)执行，或者，也可以由用于第一终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示至少一个第二终端设备反馈；第一终端设备接收第三终端设备的反馈，第三终端设备是至少一个第二终端设备中进行了反馈的终端设备；第一终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
需要说明的是，该实现方式可以适用于Mode1和Mode2场景。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备是抢占COT成功的终端设备，通过引入UE间(即第一终端设备与至少一个第二终端设备之间)的反馈机制，使得第一终端设备向进行了反馈的第三终端设备分配抢占的COT内的资源，能够减少资源浪费，甚至避免COT被打断，进而提升系统传输性能，保证系统吞吐量。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备反馈的至少一个资源位置，至少一个第二终端设备与至少一个资源位置一一对应。
基于上述方案，通过第一信息指示每个第二终端设备特定的反馈资源位置，第一终端设备可以准确知道进行了反馈的第二终端设备到底是哪一个终端设备，便于后续为其分配资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息之前，第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给至少一个第二终端设备，第二信息包括至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中网络设备并不会提前分配好第一终端设备的COT资源，并告知第一终端设备将分配好的哪些资源分享给对应的至少一个第二终端设备，可以告知第一终端设备所述至少一个第二终端设备的标识，让第一终端设备自主分配COT内的资源给至少一个第二终端设备。即第一终端设备有自主分配的能力和机会。
基于上述方案，该实现方式主要适用于Mode1场景，第一终端设备基于网络设备的第二信息，可以确定有传输资源需求的至少一个第二终端设备。因此，第一终端设备可以有针对性地向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，并将其抢占的COT资源有针对性地分享给有传输需求的至少一个第二终端设备，便于COT资源的合理利用，以及系统传输性能的提升。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈，在第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息之后，第一终端设备监听至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，第一时间段的起始时刻是根据第一方式确定的。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过监听至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，进而确定至少一个第二终端设备是否可以听到第一终端设备发送的消息，便于确定后续是否为其分配COT内的资源，避免出现在第二终端设备并未向第一终端设备进行反馈(也就是互相听不到对方的消息)的情况下，第一终端设备仍然为其分配传输资源，使得分配的资源未被占用而造成浪费。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备发送第一资源指示信息之后，第一终端设备监听第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
可选地，第一终端设备还可以在确定第三终端设备没有在第一资源上传输时，及时地接入信道并占用该第一资源，避免25μs后由于没有占用第一资源而被其他UE抢占，造成COT的中断，不利于系统传输性能的提升。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过监听第三终端设备的传输情况，可以及时反馈给网络设备，便于后续网络设备进行合理的资源调度。同时，通过监听可以及时确定第一资源的使用情况，避免COT资源的浪费或者中断的情况发生。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第三终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的混合自动重传请求(hybridautomatic repeat request，HARQ)反馈；或者，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第三终端设备的传输情况表示第三终端设备在分配的COT内的第一资源上的传输情况，具体包括：第三终端设备是否传输，传输是否有HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败。根据第三终端设备的传输情况可以确定第三终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示以下一项或者多项：至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况；第三终端设备的传输情况；未进行反馈的第四终端设备，第四终端设备包含在至少一个第二终端设备中；未在第一资源上传输的第五终端设备；在第一资源上传输失败的第六终端设备；或者在第一资源上传输成功的第七终端设备；其中，第五终端设备、第六终端设备和第七终端设备包含在第三终端设备中。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过网络设备指示的PUCCH资源反馈至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备根据第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续调度资源的时候确定是否仍然分配资源给这些第二终端设备。该实现方式能够避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。另外，通过第一终端设备反馈至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况，能够减少反馈的信令开销，节约反馈资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息之前，第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息和第四信息，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第四信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，根据第一终端设备上报的第四信息，网络设备可以进一步确定与第一终端设备距离较近的终端设备，或者可以确定能够与第一终端设备之间相互听到对方消息的终端设备。基于此，网络设备发送的指示信息中可以包括提前确定的能够与第一终端设备相互听到对方消息的第三终端设备，减少资源浪费的可能性，同时降低设备之间的交互信令开销。或者说，该实现方式能够提高COT-sharing信息的有效性，提高资源利用率。
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备(例如，基站)执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三信息，第三信息用于指示至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况；网络设备根据第三信息确定调度资源。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备通过网络设备指示的PUCCH资源反馈至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第三信息还用于指示第一终端设备的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备的传输情况可以包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备是否将抢占的COT分享给至少一个第二终端设备，以及第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输情况(包括第一终端设备传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等)。
基于上述方案，网络设备根据第一终端设备上报的COT分享情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有针对性地采取措施，满足不同终端设备的不同传输需求，避免资源的浪费，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三信息之前，网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给至少一个第二终端设备，第二信息包括至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，该实现方式主要适用于Mode1场景，网络设备指示将第一终端设备抢占的COT资源分享给至少一个第二终端设备，第一终端设备基于网络设备的第二信息，可以确定有传输资源需求的至少一个第二终端设备。因此，第一终端设备可以有针对性地向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，并将其抢占的COT资源有针对性地分享给有传输需求的至少一个第二终端设备，便于COT资源的合理利用，以及系统传输性能的提升。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，网络设备接收来自至少一个第二终端设备的调度请求消息，调度请求消息请求用于传输的资源，调度请求消息包括至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，网络设备基于至少一个第二终端设备的调度请求，可以指示抢占到COT的第一终端设备分享资源，用于至少一个第二终端设备的传输，能够有效提高频谱资源率，以及满足不同终端设备的传输需求。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第三终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况，第三终端设备是至少一个第二终端设备中向第一终端设备进行了反馈的终端设备；未向第一终端设备进行反馈的第四终端设备，第四终端设备包含在至少一个第二终端设备中；未在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输的第五终端设备；在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输失败的第六终端设备；或者在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输成功的第七终端设备；其中，第五终端设备、第六终端设备和第七终端设备包含在第三终端设备中。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过网络设备指示的PUCCH资源反馈至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第三终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况，包括以下一项或者多项：第三终端设备是否在第一资源上传输，第一资源是用于第三终端设备传输的资源；第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第三终端设备的传输情况表示第三终端设备在分配的COT内的第一资源上的传输情况，具体包括是否传输，传输是否有HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败。基于第三终端设备的传输情况可以确定第三终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者基站的调度资源的合理安排。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息和第四信息，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第四信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，基于第四信息的上报，网络设备可以进一步确定与第一终端设备距离较近的终端设备，或者可以确定能够与第一终端设备之间相互听到对方消息的终端设备。基于此，网络设备发送的第二信息中可以包括提前确定的能够与第一终端设备相互听到对方消息的第三终端设备，减少资源浪费的可能性，同时降低设备之间的交互信令开销。
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备(例如，UE1)执行，或者，也可以由用于第一终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；第一终端设备根据第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况确定第一反馈信息；第一终端设备向网络设备发送第一反馈信息。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备是抢占COT成功的终端设备，通过第一终端设备向网络设备反馈第二终端设备在COT内的资源的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况之前，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源。
可选地，该实现方式可以认为第一资源是网络设备确定的，即网络设备基于第一终端设备抢占COT资源，以及第二终端设备的调度需求确定的第一资源。第一终端设备可以直接将分配好的第一资源告知第二终端设备，用于第二终端设备的传输。
基于上述方案，将第一终端设备的COT资源分配给其他有调度需求的第二终端设备，有利于提高频谱资源率，以及满足终端设备的传输需求，提升系统的传输性能。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息之前，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示第二终端设备反馈；第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的反馈。
应理解，该实现方式可以认为第一资源是第一终端设备确定的，即第一终端设备基于反馈可以确定能够听到自己发送的消息的第二终端设备有哪些，进而将抢占的COT资源分配给这些第二终端设备，避免分配了资源而第二终端设备未使用导致资源浪费的情况发生。
基于上述方案，通过引入UE间(即第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间)的反馈机制，使得第一终端设备可以后续向进行了反馈的终端设备分配抢占的COT内的资源，能够减少资源浪费，甚至避免COT被打断，进而提升系统传输性能，保证系统吞吐量。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息之前，第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的第一资源分配给第二终端设备，第二信息包括第二终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备基于网络设备的指示信息，可以确定有传输资源需求的第二终端设备。因此，第一终端设备可以有针对性地向第二终端设备发送第一信息，并将其抢占的COT资源分享给有传输需求的第二终端设备，便于COT资源的合理利用，以及系统传输性能的提升。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的反馈消息；第一终端设备根据反馈消息确定第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
需要说明的是，这里根据反馈消息所确定的传输情况，是指第二终端设备是否在第一资源传输。示例性的，若第二终端设备在16～25μs进行反馈，第一终端设备根据第二终端设备的反馈可以确定第二终端设备占用该第一资源。
基于上述方案，提供第一种获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况的方式，即通过第二终端设备的反馈消息，第一终端设备可以确定第二终端设备在该第一资源上传输，进而可以确定COT资源被使用，保证资源利用率以及系统传输性能。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈，在第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息之后，第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，第一时间段的起始时刻是根据第一方式确定的。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过监听至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，进而确定至少一个第二终端设备是否可以听到第一终端设备发送的消息，便于确定后续是否为其分配COT内的资源，避免出现在第二终端设备并未向第一终端设备进行反馈(也就是互相听不到对方的消息)的情况下，第一终端设备仍然为其分配传输资源，使得分配的资源未被占用而造成浪费。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
基于上述方案，提供第二种获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况的方式，即通过第一终端设备的监听可以确定第二终端设备在该第一资源上是否传输，便于后续第一终端设备确定是否接入该第一资源，以保证COT不中断。同时，便于后续第一终端设备向网络设备上报有调度需求的第二终端设备的传输情况，有利于网络设备之后重新分配调度资源，保证频谱资源的有效利用率，以及满足第二终端设备的传输需求。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第二终端设备的传输情况表示第二终端设备在分配的COT内的第一资源上的传输情况，具体包括第二终端设备是否传输，传输是否有HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败。根据第二终端设备的传输情况可以确定第二终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在确定第二终端设备未在第一资源上传输的情况下，第一终端设备在第一资源上传输。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备在第二终端设备未使用第一资源传输的情况下，及时地接入信道，能够减少COT资源的浪费，提高频谱利用率，避免COT中断，以及保证系统传输系统等。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一反馈信息还用于指示以下一项或者多项：未在第一资源上传输的第三终端设备；在第一资源上传输失败的第四终端设备；在第一资源上传输成功的第五终端设备；或者，未进行反馈的第六终端设备；其中，第三终端设备、第四终端设备、第五终端设备和第六终端设备包含在第二终端设备中。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备通过网络设备指示的PUCCH资源反馈第二终端设备的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息之前，第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息和第三信息，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第三信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，根据第一终端设备上报的第三信息，网络设备可以进一步确定与第一终端设备距离较近的终端设备，或者可以确定能够与第一终端设备之间相互听到对方消息的终端设备。基于此，网络设备发送的指示信息中可以包括提前确定的能够与第一终端设备相互听到对方消息的第三终端设备，减少资源浪费的可能性，同时降低设备之间的交互信令开销。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备(例如，基站)执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一反馈信息，第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；网络设备根据第一反馈信息确定调度资源。
根据本申请提供的方案，通过第一终端设备向网络设备反馈第二终端设备在COT内的资源的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一反馈信息之前，网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的第一资源分配给第二终端设备，第二信息包括第二终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备基于网络设备的第二信息，可以确定有传输资源需求的第二终端设备。因此，第一终端设备后续可以有针对性地将其抢占的COT资源分享给有传输需求的第二终端设备，便于COT资源的合理利用，以及系统传输性能的提升。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息和第三信息，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第三信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
基于上述方案，根据第一终端设备上报的第三信息，网络设备可以进一步确定与第一终端设备距离较近的终端设备，或者可以确定能够与第一终端设备之间相互听到对方消息的终端设备。基于此，网络设备发送的指示信息中可以包括提前确定的能够与第一终端设备相互听到对方消息的第三终端设备，减少资源浪费的可能性，同时降低设备之间的交互信令开销。
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备(例如，UE1)执行，或者，也可以由用于第一终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况；第一终端设备根据第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况确定是否占用第一资源。
需要说明的是，该实现方式主要适用于Mode2场景。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备在第二终端设备未使用第一资源进行传输的情况下，及时地接入信道并占用该第一资源，避免25μs后由于没有占用第一资源而被其他UE抢占，该方式不仅可以减少COT资源的浪费，以及避免COT中断，有利于保证系统传输系统。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一终端设备确定第一资源指示信息。
示例性的，第一终端设备感知信道资源或者根据其他UE的预约信息，确定第二终端设备的传输需求，并将第一终端设备抢占的COT资源中的第一资源(例如从第1时隙开始的第一时间段)分配给第二终端设备。可选地，该第一资源可以大于第二终端设备的传输需求资源，也可以小于第二终端设备的传输需求资源，待下一次分享资源给第二终端设备等，本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，在确定第二终端设备未在第一资源上传输的情况下，第一终端设备在第一资源上传输。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备在第二终端设备未使用第一资源传输的情况下，及时地接入信道，能够减少COT资源的浪费，有利于保证系统传输系统。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一资源指示信息还用于指示第三终端设备传输占用的第二资源，第二资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，第二资源所在的时域位于第一资源所在的时域之后。
也就是说，在Mode2场景中，第一终端设备可以基于其他UE的预约信息确定第二终端设备和第三终端设备具有传输需求，对应的，第一终端设备可以通过第一资源指示信息同时为第二终端设备和第三终端设备分配传输资源，即第一资源和第二资源，例如第一资源的传输位置在第二资源之前。
基于上述方案，第一终端设备在第三终端设备未使用第二资源进行传输的情况下，及时地接入信道并占用该第二资源，避免25μs后由于没有占用第二资源而被其他UE抢占，该方式不仅可以减少COT资源的浪费，以及避免COT中断，有利于保证系统传输系统。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送第二资源指示信息，第二资源指示信息用于指示第二资源，第二资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第二资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，第二资源所在的时域位于第一资源所在的时域之后。
基于上述方案，该实现方式可以再次向第三终端设备提供传输资源，避免第三终端设备由于某些原因未接收到第一资源指示信息所指示的第二资源，根据第二资源指示信息可以确定分配的第二资源，能够提高资源利用率以及传输性能。
第六方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二终端设备(例如，UE2)执行，或者，也可以由用于第二终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第二终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；第二终端设备在该第一资源上进行传输。
根据本申请提供的方案，第二终端设备根据第一资源指示信息可以确定第一资源，进而在第一资源上进行传输。其中，第二终端设备的传输情况可以包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败。
可选地，第二终端设备根据第一资源指示信息确定第一资源后，因为某些原因也可以不进行传输，本申请不排除这种情况的发生。这时第一终端设备可以监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，在确定第二终端设备并未使用该第一资源的情况下可以接入信道使用该第一资源，避免COT资源的浪费以及COT中断。
第七方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备(例如，基站)执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，并向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示传输资源和第一物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)资源，第二指示信息用于指示传输资源和第二PUCCH资源；网络设备在第二PUCCH资源上接收来自第二终端设备的第一反馈信息，第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内。
示例性的，网络设备可以通过DCI分别向多个终端设备指示传输资源和PUCCH资源。
也就是说，网络设备分别向每个有调度需求的终端设备发送一个DCI，用于指示可以抢占的传输资源(即COT)，以及每个UE对应的PUCCH资源，各个UE(如UE2)在未能抢到传输机会的情况下，可以分享UE1抢到的COT进行传输，并将传输的HARQ结果通过网络设备指示的属于自己的PUCCH资源进行上报。
根据本申请提供的方案，多个终端设备(包括分享UE1抢占的COT资源的其他UE2)可以根据传输情况确定自己的PUCCH信道，进而向网络设备上报各自的传输情况，使得网络设备清楚每个终端设备的实际传输的情况，便于后续有针对性地、合理地分配COT sharing资源，避免造成COT资源的浪费。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第二终端设备的传输情况表示第二终端设备在分配的COT内的资源上的传输情况，根据第二终端设备的传输情况可以确定第二终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备在第一PUCCH资源上接收来自第一终端设备的第二反馈信息，第二反馈信息用于指示第一终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备的传输情况可以是：第一终端设备是否将自己抢占到的COT分享给第二终端设备，第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等。
第八方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二终端设备(例如，UE2)执行，或者，也可以由用于第二终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第二终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示传输资源和第二物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；第二终端设备接收第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内；第二终端设备根据在第一资源的传输情况确定第一反馈信息；第二终端设备在第二PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一反馈信息。
根据本申请提供的方案，第二终端设备可以根据网络设备的第二指示信息确定反馈传输情况所承载的PUCCH资源，进而在指示的PUCCH资源上向网络设备上报各自的传输情况，使得网络设备清楚每个终端设备的实际传输的情况，便于后续有针对性地、合理地分配COT sharing资源，避免造成COT资源的浪费。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，第二终端设备在第一资源的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第二终端设备的传输情况表示第二终端设备在分配的COT内的资源上的传输情况，根据第二终端设备的传输情况可以确定第二终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
第九方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备(例如，基站)执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示传输资源，第一指示信息还用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给第二终端设备，第一指示信息包括第二终端设备的标识信息；网络设备向第二终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息用于配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；网络设备在第二物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源上接收来自第二终端设备的第一反馈信息，第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第二PUCCH资源是根据第一资源的传输位置确定的，第二PUCCH资源包含在周期性的PUCCH资源。
示例性的，网络设备可以通过DCI指示第一终端设备抢占COT，并将COT内的资源分享给第二终端设备。
示例性的，第二PUCCH资源是根据第一资源的传输位置确定的，可以理解为第二PUCCH资源为第一资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源；或者，第二PUCCH资源为第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源。
也就是说，网络设备为第二终端设备配置了周期性的PUCCH资源，使得第二终端设备根据其在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的传输所在的资源位置，确定回复PUCCH的资源位置，并在PUCCH的资源位置向网络设备上报自己的传输结果。
根据本申请提供的方案，第二终端设备可以根据在第一资源上的传输情况，从网络设备配置的周期性的PUCCH资源确定具体用于反馈自己传输情况的PUCCH资源，进而在指示的PUCCH资源上向网络设备上报各自的传输情况，使得网络设备清楚每个终端设备的实际传输的情况，便于后续有针对性地、合理地分配COT sharing资源，避免造成COT资源的浪费。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第二终端设备的传输情况表示第二终端设备在分配的COT内的资源上的传输情况，根据第二终端设备的传输情况可以确定第二终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
第十方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二终端设备(例如，UE2)执行，或者，也可以由用于第二终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第二终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第二终端设备接收第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内；第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息，该配置信息用于配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；第二终端设备根据第一资源的传输位置确定第二PUCCH资源，第二PUCCH资源包含在周期性的PUCCH资源；第二终端设备在第二PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一反馈信息，第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
根据本申请提供的方案，第二终端设备可以根据在第一资源上的传输情况，从网络设备配置的周期性的PUCCH资源确定具体用于反馈自己传输情况的PUCCH资源，进而在指示的PUCCH资源上向网络设备上报各自的传输情况，使得网络设备清楚每个终端设备的实际传输的情况，便于后续有针对性地、合理地分配COT sharing资源，避免造成COT资源的浪费。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
基于上述方案，第二终端设备的传输情况表示第二终端设备在分配的COT内的资源上的传输情况，根据第二终端设备的传输情况可以确定第二终端设备的传输是否完成，便于后续COT资源分享或者网络设备调度资源的合理安排。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，第二PUCCH资源为第一资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源；或者，第二PUCCH资源为第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备(例如，UE1)执行，或者，也可以由用于第一终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息和第一信息。其中，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第一信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备(例如，基站)执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息和第一信息；网络设备资源请求信息和第一信息确定调度资源。其中，资源请求信息用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，第一信息包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示至少一个第二终端设备反馈；收发单元，还用于接收第三终端设备的反馈，第三终端设备是至少一个第二终端设备中进行了反馈的终端设备；处理单元，用于生成第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源；收发单元，还用于发送第一资源指示信息。
该收发单元可以执行前述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面或第十一方面中的接收和发送的处理，处理单元可以执行前述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面或第十一方面中除了接收和发送之外的其他处理。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收来自第一终端设备的第二信息，第二信息用于指示至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况；处理单元，用于根据第二信息确定调度资源。
该收发单元可以执行前述第二方面或第四方面或第七方面或第九方面中的接收和发送的处理，处理单元可以执行前述第二方面或第四方面或第七方面或第九方面中除了接收和发送之外的其他处理。
第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一资源指示信息，第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内；收发单元，还用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息，该配置信息用于配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；处理单元，用于根据第一资源的传输位置确定第二PUCCH资源，第二PUCCH资源包含在周期性的PUCCH资源；收发单元，还用于在第二PUCCH资源上向网络设备发送第一反馈信息，第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
该收发单元可以执行前述第六方面或第八方面或第十方面或第十二方面中的接收和发送的处理，处理单元可以执行前述第六方面或第八方面或第十方面或第十二方面中除了接收和发送之外的其他处理。
第十六方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括收发器、处理器和存储器，该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述处理器为一个或多个，所述存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起，或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地，该通信装置还包括，发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第十七方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括网络设备、第一终端设备和至少一个第二终端设备。
第十八方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或代码，所述计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十九方面，提供了一种芯片，包括至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与存储器耦合，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的装置执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
其中，该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口，以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。
第二十方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码被装置运行时，使得所述装置执行上述第一方面至第十二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是适用本申请的通信系统的一例示意图。
图2是适用本申请的通信系统的另一例示意图。
图3是适用本申请的COT资源调度场景的一例示意图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法400的流程示意图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的应用于Mode1和Mode2场景的COT资源分配的示意图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的应用于Mode2场景的COT资源分配的示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法700的流程示意图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的其他UE向UE1反馈在COT资源上的传输情况的示意图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的UE1监听其他UE在COT资源上的传输情况的示意图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法1000的流程示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的由启动COT的UE持续监控时隙的占用情况的示意图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的由占用上一时隙的UE持续监控时隙的占用情况的示意图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法1300的流程示意图。
图14是本申请实施例提供的第五种通信方法1400的流程示意图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的第六种通信方法1500的流程示意图。
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种UE1上报资源请求和监听到的UE2信息的示意图。
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种UE1上报资源请求和UE1的位置信息的示意图。
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。
图19是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation，5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等。
图1是适用本申请的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括接入网设备102，接入网设备102可包括多个天线，例如天线104、106、108、110、112和114。另外，接入网设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
接入网设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如，终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。可以理解，接入网设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或122的任意数目的终端设备通信。如图所示，终端设备116与天线112和114通信，其中天线112和114通过前向链路118向终端设备116发送信息，并通过反向链路120从终端设备116接收信息。此外，终端设备122与天线104和106通信，其中天线104和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息，并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。
例如，在FDD系统中，前向链路118可利用与反向链路120所使用的不同频带，前向链路124可利用与反向链路126所使用的不同频带。
再例如，在TDD系统和全双工系统中，前向链路118和反向链路120可使用共同频带，前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。
被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为接入网设备102的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与接入网设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在接入网设备102通过前向链路118和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中，接入网设备102的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善前向链路118和124的信噪比。此外，与接入网设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在接入网设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时，相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，接入网设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如，生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
此外，该通信系统100可以是公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)，设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信，机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信，车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信等。图1只是举例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他接入网设备，图1中未予以画出。
可选地，在本申请实施例中，终端设备和接入网设备能够使用非授权频谱资源进行无线通信(例如，传输上行信息或传输下行信息)。通信系统100可以采用授权辅助接入(licensed-assisted access，LAA)、双连接(dual connectivity，DC)、非授权辅助接入(standalone)技术等。
非授权载波(即免授权频谱)是指在满足政府部门(如国家无线电管理委员会)有关规定下，不需要授权就能直接使用的频谱。在日常生活中，微波炉、遥控玩具飞机、无线鼠标、无线键盘、高保真无线上网(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)等都使用了非授权载波。非授权频段上的资源共享是指对特定频谱的使用只规定发射功率、带外泄露等指标上的限制，以保证共同使用该频段的多个设备之间满足基本的共存要求，运营商利用免许可频段资源可以达到网络容量分流的目的，但是需要遵从不同的地域和不同的频谱对非授权频段资源的法规要求。这些要求通常是为保护雷达等公共系统，以及保证多系统尽可能互相之间不造成有害影响、公平共存而制定的，包括发射功率限制、带外泄露指标、室内外使用限制，以及有的地域还有一些附加的共存策略等。
需要说明的是，本申请技术方案主要应用在侧行传输场景，使用的频带包括但不限于非授权频谱，非授权频谱包括2.4GHz附近的频带，以及5.8GHz附近的频带等。
图2是适用于本申请的通信系统200的一例示意图。如图2所示，该通信系统100包括三个通信设备，例如，终端设备210，终端设备220和终端设备230。其中，终端设备和终端设备可以通过D2D或者V2X的通信方式进行数据通信。对于终端设备210，终端设备220和终端设备230，两两之间的通信链路为SL链路。
需要说明的是，在V2X中定义了两种接口，第一种是Uu接口，即终端设备和网络设备之间的通信协议。第二种是侧行链路SL传输的接口，也称PC5接口，即终端设备和终端设备之间的通信协议。侧行链路为终端设备和终端设备设备之间的通信直连链路。直连链路可以理解为两个终端设备之间直接进行数据传输的链路，两个终端设备之间没有其他的网络节点。
应理解，在实际应用场景中，图中所示的各的终端设备可以是各种形式的、任意形态的终端设备。本申请实施例在图中不再一一示出。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备UE、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是WLAN中的站点，可以是智能电话、便携式电脑、全球定位系统、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理设备(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、车联网终端、电脑、膝上型计算机、手持式寻呼设备、手持式计算设备、卫星无线设备、无线调制解调器卡、电视机顶盒(set top box，STB)、用户驻地设备(customer premise equipment，CPE)和/或用于在无线系统上进行寻呼的其它设备以及下一代寻呼系统。例如，5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络PLMN中的终端设备等。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。例如头戴式显示。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things，IoT)系统中的终端设备，还可以包括中继等，其他能够和网络设备(例如，基站)进行数据通信的设备。本申请实施例对此并不限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备，或者，是终端设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先对本申请中涉及到的术语或技术做简单说明。
1、非授权频谱的侧行链路(sidleink unlicense，SL-U)
SL-U主要是指在非授权频谱(unlicense band)中进行SL传输。针对非授权频谱，标准引入两种接入机制包括Type 1和Type 2。其中，Type 1用于抢占信道的场景，需要进行LBT，即在传输之前需要监听。这里的监听可以是能量检测，即在9μs上检测能量，如果超过门限表示有UE占用该资源；反之，如果不超过门限，则意味着没有UE占用该资源。Type 2用于分享其他UE经过Type 1方式抢到的传输资源。例如，UE1用Type 1抢到了一段时间内的传输机会(标准称为COT)，除了自己占用的传输时间外，可指示其他UE采用Type 2方式接入UE1所占用的COT内剩余的传输机会。
需要说明的是，Type 2进一步包括Type 2A和Type 2B，Type 2A表示在其他UE的传输结束后的间隔25μs后占用信道，即通过感知信道发现25μs内无其他UE使用，则可以占用该信道。Type 2B表示在其他UE的传输结束后的间隔16μs后占用信道，与Type 2A的差别在于9μs，即一个感知时隙的时长。
应理解，“工作于非授权频谱的SL系统”可以描述为“SL-U系统”，同时“工作于SL-U系统内的终端设备”可以描述为“SL-U设备”。
2、物理直连链路反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel，PSFCH)
对于一个物理直连链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)的HARQ反馈信息，通常由PSFCH反馈信道传输。支持每个UE使用一个单独的PSFCH资源。在支持SL HARQ反馈的单播和组播场景下，具体传输的HARQ反馈信息如下：
(1)单播：解码PSSCH传输块(transmission block，TB)，解码成功则接收UE传输HARQ-ACK；反之，解码失败则传输HARQ-NACK。
(2)组播：通过TX-RX UE距离和/或参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiver power，RSRP)确定是否发送HARQ反馈。例如，在解码物理直连链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)后解码失败则传输HARQ-NACK，其他情况不传信号。支持一组的所有接受UE分享同一个PSFCH。又例如，解码成功则接收UE传输HARQ-ACK；反之，解码失败则传输HARQ-NACK。
应理解，至少1个符号(symbol)的PSFCH是在单播和组播中被支持的，且以PUCCH format 0的序列为baseline。在一个资源池中，PSFCH反馈资源以周期N时隙(slots)出现，N的取值可以为1、2和4。对于一个出现在slot n的PSSCH，与之对应的PSFCH则出现在slot n+a上，a是大于等于K的最小整数。假设所有UE的K值相同，则当PSFCH资源以周期N出现时，会有N个PSSCH相应的PSFCH共用一个PSFCH资源。
3、SL资源池(resouce pool)
在NR中，SL传输是基于资源池进行的。每个资源池包含一个或多个子信道(subchannel)，同一资源池中的各子信道占用的频域资源(即物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)个数)是相同的，不同资源池的各子信道所占用的频域资源可能不同。
应理解，资源池是一个逻辑上的概念，一个资源池包括多个物理资源，其中任意一个物理资源是用于传输数据的。每个UE在进行数据的传输时候都需要从资源池中选择一个资源。这个资源选择的过程，包括以下两种情况：
(1)UE受到网络设备的控制，根据网络设备的指示信息，从资源池中选择一个资源进行数据传输，又称为Mode 1方式；
(2)UE自主从资源池中选择一个资源进行数据传输，又称为Mode2方式，即UE有自主决定资源选择和资源分配的机会。UE可以根据感知频谱的占用情况，把一些被占用的或者干扰较大的资源排除掉，在空闲或者干扰较低的资源上选择传输资源。
下面对NR SL定义的Mode1的资源调度方式进行说明。
Mode1的资源调度方式包括以下四个步骤：首先，由基站(gNB)向UE1发送下行控制信令(downlink control information，DCI)(如DCI 3_0)，用于指示调度资源；其次，UE1在调度的资源上向UE2发送信号；然后，UE2向UE1回复反馈信息PSFCH；最后，UE1向gNB回复PUCCH。其中，PUCCH用于承载UE1发送数据是否成功的相关信息。
示例性的，下行控制信令DCI 3_0可以携带信息域，用于确定上述各步骤之间的时间间隔。比如，time gap字段用于确定DCI 3_0和首个调度资源PSSCH或PSSCH之间的时间间隔，sl-PSFCH-to-PUCCH字段用于确定PSFCH和PUCCH之间的时间间隔，而传输数据与PSFCH之间的时间间隔可以根据资源池的PSFCH配置周期等信息确定。
另外，DCI 3_0还可以携带用于传输的资源的时频位置，其中各个资源的时间位置是相对于首个资源的时间位置确定的。例如，根据DCI 3_0中的time gap字段可以确定第一个PSSCH所在的时域位置，根据DCI 3_0指示的frequency resource assignment和time resource assignment可以确定所调度的资源PSSCH或PSSCH的时频位置，根据PSSCH或PSSCH资源可以确定PSFCH的时间位置，再根据PSFCH的时间位置以及sl-PSFCH-to-PUCCH字段内的参数可以确定发送PUCCH的时间位置，具体PUCCH的资源信息可以通过DCI 3_0内的PUCCH resource indicator确定。
当前Mode1场景中，基站的覆盖范围较广，可以接收到一定范围内UE发送的资源请求。然而，这些UE可能因为相互距离较远，使得彼此之间不一定能听到对方的消息。也就是说，当UE1将自己抢占信道后得到的资源上分享给其他UE时，其他UE可能由于听不到UE1的消息而无法在分配的资源上传输，造成COT资源的浪费，甚至导致COT资源被打断等。
除此以外，在Mode1场景中，gNB通过信令通知UE1传输资源的时候，可以根据该信令确定UE1的PUCCH信道，但是UE2由于没有接到gNB的信令，UE2没有对应的PUCCH信道位置。因此，当UE1指示了UE2传输所需的资源之后，UE2的传输结果并没有渠道告知gNB。
需要指出的是，在Mode2场景中，UE1发送的COT-sharing信令也不一定能被UE2接收到。比如UE2正处于发送状态而无法接收UE1的传输，或者UE2在相同时频资源上接收UE3的传输，而UE3和UE1的间距较大，导致UE1未能听到UE3占用信道的情况，最终导致UE2未能听到UE1发送的COT-sharing信息，从而UE2未能在UE1抢占的COT资源上传输，使得该COT有可能被其他UE抢到，导致COT被打断。
而且，UE1发送的COT-sharing信息也不一定能被其他UE3听到。如不能正确接收，意味着COT-sharing的资源，在两个UE(如UE1和UE3)共享的情况下可能会有50％的资源浪费。更严重的问题是，如果分配的资源未被占用，超过25μs后可能会导致COT传输机会被抢占。进一步的，UE3后续在LBT成功时，也会发送COT sharing信息给UE1，同样会造成至多50％的资源浪费。由于基站不知道在发送COT-sharing信息期间其他UE(如UE2和UE3)的具体位置，且其他UE的HARQ反馈难以给定具体的时频资源，基站则不知道其他UE实际传输的情况，后续再次分配COT-sharing资源时，可能会再次为其分配资源，造成再一次的资源浪费。
综上所述，如何保证UE1发送的COT-sharing相关信息能被其他UE接收到，减少资源浪费，避免COT被打断的情况发生；在Mode1场景中，UE1如何告知gNB共享了UE1的COT资源的其他UE的传输情况；以及共享了UE1的COT资源的其他UE如何向gNB反馈传输结果是亟待解决的技术问题。
有鉴于此，本申请提供了一种通信方法和装置，通过引入UE间的反馈机制，UE1向进行反馈了的UE2分配COT资源，能够减少资源浪费，避免COT被打断；通过UE1的PUCCH资源上报其他UE2在分配的UE1抢占的COT资源的传输情况，以及其他UE通过基站指示的PUCCH资源上报各自在分配的UE1抢占的COT资源上的传输情况，便于后续基站清楚有调度需求的其他UE的传输情况进一步确定调度资源，能够提高频谱资源的利用率，以及提升系统传输性能。
为了便于理解本申请实施例，作出以下几点说明：
第一、在本申请中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
第二、在本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，或，b，或，c，或，a和b，或，a和c，或，b和c，或，a、b和c。其中a、b和c分别可以是单个，也可以是多个。
第三、在本申请中，“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号(例如，#1、#2等)指示为了描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的消息等，而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应理解，这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换，以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。
需要注意的是，在下文中，“信息#1”和“资源指示信息#1、资源请求信息#1”之间代表的含义互不相同；类似地，“信息#11”和“资源指示信息#11、指示信息#11、资源请求信息#11、反馈信息#11”之间代表的含义也互不相同，等等。应理解，各个信息的名称仅是示例说明，本申请对此不作限定，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定；
第四、在本申请中，“当……时”、“在……的情况下”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求设备在实现时一定要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
第五、在本申请中，术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
第六、在本申请中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。
本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。待指示信息可以作为整体一起发送，也可以分成多个子信息分开发送，而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对具体的发送方法不作限定。
本申请实施例中的“指示信息”可以是显式指示，即通过信令直接指示，或者根据信令指示的参数，结合其他规则或结合其他参数或通过推导获得。也可以是隐式指示，即根据规则或关系，或根据其他参数，或推导获得。本申请对此不作具体限定。
第七、在本申请中，“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括5G协议、新空口(new radio，NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。“预配置”可以包括预先定义。例如，协议定义。其中，“预先定义”可以通过在设备中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
第八、在本申请中，“存储”可以是指保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不对此限定。
第九、在本申请中，“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”、“数据处理”等。“传输”包括“发送”和“接收”，本申请对此不作限定。
第十、在本申请中，“第一终端设备”可以描述为“UE1”，“第二终端设备”可以描述为“UE2”，“第三终端设备”可以描述为“UE3”，以此类推，本申请不再特殊强调。
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的技术方案。
图3是适用本申请的COT资源调度场景的一例示意图。如图3所示，虚线左侧为Mode 1场景下的COT资源调度方式。例如，基站(gNB)接收来自UE2的调度请求，并且向UE1发送COT-sharing相关信息，用于指示UE1将抢占的COT资源共享给UE2，用于UE2发送数据；虚线右侧为Mode2场景中，UE1向UE1发送COT-sharing相关信息，用于确定将UE1抢占的COT资源分配给UE2，供UE2进行传输。
接下来，针对UE1发送的COT-sharing相关信息能被其他UE接收到，以及在Mode1场景中，UE1如何告知gNB共享了UE1的COT资源的其他UE的传输情况进行示例说明。
图4是本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法400的流程示意图。在该实现方式中，UE1根据接收到其他UE2的反馈，确定其他UE2能够听到UE1的消息，进而根据反馈消息分配UE1抢占的COT-sharing资源。应理解，该实现方式可以适用于Mode1和Mode2场景。如图4所示，该方法包括如下多个步骤。
S410，第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送信息#1(即，第一信息的一例)。
对应的，第三终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的信息#1。
其中，信息#1用于指示所述至少一个第二终端设备进行反馈。
示例性的，信息#1可以是广播消息。
需要说明的是，本申请对第三终端设备的数量不作具体限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中，信息#1还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备进行反馈的至少一个资源位置，至少一个第二终端设备与至少一个资源位置一一对应。
换句话说，信息#1可以进一步指示至少一个第二终端设备向第一终端设备反馈的资源位置，且所指示的进行反馈的资源位置的数量与至少一个第二终端设备的数量一一对应。应理解，这里可以特指存在多个第二终端设备的情况，保证每个第二终端设备有自己对应的反馈资源位置。例如，当第二终端设备有多个时，信息#1指示的进行反馈的时域资源位置可以是一个或多个，频域资源位置对应的有多个。例如，信息#1用于指示多个第二终端设备同时在各自的频域位置进行反馈，或者信息#1用于指示多个第二终端设备在各自的指定时间以及在各自的频域位置进行反馈等，本申请对此不做具体限定。
示例性的，信息#1可以是显式指示，也可以是隐式指示其他UE2反馈是否听到UE1消息的资源位置(例如，PSFCH的频域资源)。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，信息#1还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈。
示例性的，第一方式可以是当前标准中的Type 2B方式，即指示至少一个第二终端设备在16μs之后进行反馈，也就是说，在其他UE的第一段传输后间隔16μs后开始占用信道，即通过感知信道发现16μs内无其他UE使用，则可以占用该信道。需要指出的是，本申请技术方案中以采用Type 2B方式为例进行说明，即信息#1指示其他UE2在UE1第一段传输后间隔16μs时进行反馈。
示例性的，第一方式可以是当前标准中的Type 2A方式，即指示至少一个第二终端设备在25μs后进行反馈，也就是说，在其他UE的第一段传输后间隔25μs后开始占用信道，即通过感知信道发现25μs内无其他UE使用，则可以占用该信道。
需要说明的是，本申请对第二终端设备的反馈时长不作具体限定，可以超过9μs，也可以少于9μs，本申请技术方案中指示至少一个第二终端设备采用Type 2B方式进行反馈，第二终端设备需要保证在第一终端设备的第一段传输后的16～25μs内有反馈，即可被第一终端设备监听到，进而可以为其分配资源。
可选地，在网络设备确定第一终端设备抢到COT资源，且至少一个第二终端设备具有调度需求的情况下，网络设备可以指示第一终端设备将抢到的COT资源分享给至少一个第二终端设备进行传输。即在执行步骤S410之前，还包括步骤S401。
S401，网络设备向第一终端设备发送信息#2(即，第二信息的一例)。
对应的，第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的信息#2。
其中，信息#2用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给至少一个第二终端设备，信息 #2包括至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息，例如UE2(s)ID。
需要说明的是，第一终端设备通过Type1方式在LBT流程中抢到信道使用机会，即COT资源，进而可以根据网络设备的信息#2分享资源给第二终端设备进行传输数据。
可选地，信息#2还可以包括至少一个第二终端设备的数据需求量等信息。例如，网络设备可以按照数据需求量最大的UE2确定占用时域资源(例如，时隙数或ms)，和/或频域资源(例如，子信道数、RB数或interlace数)。
需要说明的是，在该实现方式中，网络设备并不会提前分配好第一终端设备的COT资源，并告知第一终端设备将分配好的哪些资源分享给对应的至少一个第二终端设备，而是可以告知第一终端设备所述至少一个第二终端设备的标识，让第一终端设备自主分配COT内的资源给所述至少一个第二终端设备。即第一终端设备有自主分配的能力和机会。
示例性的，假设第二终端设备有两个，在确定第一终端设备在LBT流程中抢到COT资源的情况下，网络设备可以通过信息#2指示第一终端设备将COT资源分享给两个第二终端设备传输数据。
可选地，网络设备接收来自至少一个第二终端设备的调度请求消息，使得网络设备收集到有传输需求的其他UE2。其中，调度请求消息可以包括其他UE2ID，或者与其他UE2通信的对端UE ID等信息。
可选地，在网络设备指示第一终端设备分享COT资源给至少一个第二终端设备之前，第一终端设备可以主动上报资源请求信息#1和信息#4，供网络设备分配COT-sharing时考量，进而规避UE间听不到彼此的问题。即在执行步骤S401之前，还包括步骤S406。
S406，第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息#1(即，资源请求信息的一例)和信息#4(即，第四信息的一例)。
对应的，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息#1和信息#4。
其中，资源请求信息#1用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，信息#4包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
示例性的，第一终端设备在向基站上报缓存状态报告(buffer status report，BSR)时，携带第一终端设备的位置信息，或者携带监听SCI sensing得到的source ID和destination ID。
示例性的，资源请求信息#1用于向网络设备请求传输资源，网络设备可以进一步指示第一终端设备抢占COT资源的位置，即在抢占的COT资源上进行数据的传输。
示例性的，第一终端设备的标识信息可以是UE1ID，也可以是UE1的IP地址，还可以是UE1的外部标识，例如通用公共签约标识(generic public subscription identifier，GPSI)。第一终端设备的位置信息可以是地理位置绝对坐标或相对坐标。本申请对此不作具体限定。
可选地，第一终端设备在发送信息#1后可以监听至少一个第二终端设备是否有反馈。若没有监听到反馈，则第一种终端设备可以占用信道继续传输；若有监听到反馈，则第一种终端设备无需占用信道，该实现方式能够避免抢占的COT中断。在执行步骤S410之后，还包括步骤S402。
S402，第一终端设备监听至少一个第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈。
其中，第一时间段的起始时刻是根据第一方式确定的。
应理解，在侧行链路中，第一终端设备是分段进行传输的，第一终端设备在发送信息#1时，表示第一终端设备的第一段传输已经完成，此时第一终端设备可能还有待传输的数据，也可能在第一段传输时已经全部传输完毕，本申请对此不作具体限定。可选地，针对第一终端设备的第二段传输，可以是继续传输未完成的数据，以及更新后的COT-sharing信息，也可以是发送空的数据包，避免COT资源中断等。
示例性的，若第一终端设备指示至少一个第二终端设备采用标准中的Type 2B方式进行反馈，则第一时间段的起始时刻即为第一终端设备的第一段传输完成后的16μs后。
示例性的，若第一终端设备指示至少一个第二终端设备采用标准中的Type 2A方式进行反馈，则第一时间段的起始时刻即为第一终端设备的第一段传输完成后的25μs后。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若步骤S410中信息#1指示至少一个第二终端设备通过Type 2B方式在COT内进行反馈，同时如果UE1检测16～25μs内信道无占用，则UE1可以确定第二终端设备未在第一资源上传输，进而按照Type 2A方式继续占用该信道，否则在其他UE2反馈结束后继续占用该信道，并分配COT资源给向UE1反馈了的UE3。
需要指出的是，如果UE1在额外的一个感知时隙9μs(即16～25μs)内没有感知到信道被占用，则表示该信道实际是空闲状态。此时，UE1可以以Type 2A方式占用该时隙，避免传输间隔超过25μs而被其他传输抢占该COT。
进一步地，在执行步骤S410或S402之后，该方法还包括：
S420，第一终端设备接收第三终端设备的反馈。
对应的，第一终端设备接收来自第三终端设备的反馈。
应理解，第三终端设备是至少一个第二终端设备中进行了反馈的终端设备。换句话说，第三终端设备和第一终端设备之间可以相互听到对方的消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若步骤S410的信息#1还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备反馈的至少一个资源位置，则第一终端设备在至少一个资源位置接收至少一个第二终端设备的反馈。例如，第二终端设备有两个，对应的第一终端设备发送的信息#1还用于指示反馈的资源位置#1和资源位置#2，则第一终端设备可以在资源位置#1上接收第一个第二终端设备的反馈信息，在资源位置#2上接收第二个第二终端设备的反馈信息，该实现方式可以更准确地定位到进行了反馈的第二终端设备有哪些。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，若步骤S410的信息#1还用于指示至少一个第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈。例如，信息#1指示采用Type 2B方式进行反馈，对应的第一终端设备在16～25μs内接收反馈信息。又例如，信息#1指示采用Type 2A方式进行反馈，对应的第一终端设备在25μs后接收反馈信息。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S402和步骤S420可以理解为同步进行，步骤S402主要针对16～25μs进行监听，进而第一终端设备确定是否继续占用信道进行传输；步骤S420中第一终端设备接收到第三终端设备的反馈所用的时长可以超过16～25μs范围。
可选的，若上述步骤S420并未发生，即所有UE2都没有UE1反馈。也就是说，UE1未接收到任何UE2的反馈，这意味着COT资源仅用于UE1传输自己的数据。
可选地，在第一终端设备接收到第三终端设备的反馈的情况下，说明第一终端设备和第三终端设备之间能够互相听到对方的消息，所以第一终端设备可以生成资源指示信息#1，用于指示第三终端设备传输的资源。即在执行步骤S420之后，还包括步骤S403。
S403，第一终端设备根据反馈了的第三终端设备生成资源指示信息#1。
示例性的，第一终端设备抢占的COT包含频域资源#1～频域资源#5，以及时域资源#1～时域资源#3。第一终端设备可以根据反馈了的第三终端设备的数量(例如2个)以及传输数据需求量，确定将时域资源#1以及频域资源#1～频域资源#3分配给第一个UE3，将时域资源#2以及频域资源#4分配给第二个UE3等。
其中，本申请对第一终端设备生成资源指示信息的具体实现方式不作具体限定。
进一步地，基于接收到第三终端设备的反馈，第一终端设备可以将抢占到的COT资源分享给第三终端设备，用于第三终端设备的传输。即在步骤S420或者S403之后，还包括步骤S430。
S430，第一终端设备发送资源指示信息#1(即，第一资源指示信息的一例)。
对应的，第三终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源指示信息#1。
其中，资源指示信息#1用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
可选地，资源指示信息#1的方式发送可以是广播的方式，也可以是第一终端设备直接向第三终端设备发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，第一资源可以是时域资源，例如第一终端设备抢占的COT资源内的第1至5个时隙，第三终端设备可以在指定的时隙上进行传输。
在一种可能的实现方式中，资源指示信息#1用于指示第一资源(或者，资源位置)，同时基站指示该第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，资源指示信息#1用于指示第一资源(或者，资源位置)，还用于指示该第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输。
也就是说，第一资源用于第三终端设备的传输的指示可以是基站指示的，也可以是第一终端设备指示的，本申请对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，本申请对第三终端设备的数量不作具体限定。示例性的，当第三终端设备有多个时，对应的第一资源也有多个，即多个第三终端设备与多个第一资源是一一对应的关系。例如，第三终端设备有三个，则资源指示信息#1可以用于指示第一个UE3在资源#1上传输，第二个UE3在资源#2上传输，第三个UE3在资源#3上传输，其中，资源#1、资源#2和资源#3统称为第一资源。换句话说，第三终端设备是可以听到第一终端设备发送的消息，且向第一终端设备反馈成功的终端设备。
应理解，由于并不是每个UE2都一定会向UE1反馈，本申请技术方案中的UE1根据有反馈的UE2(比如，UE3)进行分配资源，而没有反馈的其他UE2则不进行资源的分配，避免COT资源的浪费。这里一个前提假设是，基站覆盖范围内的UE并不一定能听到彼此的信号，一旦在间距较远或者信道很差的情况下，其他UE可能听不到UE1在步骤S410发送的消息#1，因此其他UE就不会向UE1进行反馈。为了保证COT资源的合理使用，UE1把COT资源分配给有反馈的UE3。也就是说，UE1发送的资源指示信息#1所指示的第一资源(比如COT-sharing信息)是根据有无反馈等因素进行筛选确定的，而不是直接将步骤S401接收到的指示信息#1携带的COT-sharing相关信息告知其他UE2。
需要指出的是，由于UE1接收反馈并更新COT-sharing信息是需要时延的，所以UE1在根据接收到的反馈确定UE3的过程中仍会进行数据传输。并且，在数据传输过程中将更新后的COT-sharing信息告知有反馈的UE3，即告知UE3进行传输的时频域资源。
可选地，在第一终端设备将第一资源分享给第三终端设备之后，第一终端设备可以监听第三终端设备在分配的资源上的传输情况。即在步骤S430之后，还包括步骤S404。
S404，第一终端设备监听第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备可以通过能量检测，或者检测侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)的值，来监听第三终端设备是否占用该频带的资源，和/或第三终端设备的PSFCH回复(例如，ACK或NACK)信息，ACK/NACK监听的是具体的传输内容。例如，能量检测可以理解为第一终端设备在9μs(即16～25μs)上检测能量，如果超过门限，则意味着有UE占用该资源；反之，如果不超过门限，则意味着没有UE占用该资源。
需要说明的是，本申请对第一终端设备监听信道资源的具体实现方式不作具体限定。
其中，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第三终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈；或者，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
应理解，本申请技术方案中进行了反馈的第三终端设备通常是会在第一终端设备为其分配的资源上进行传输的。也就是说，当第三终端设备有传输需求，且能够听到第一终端设备的消息时，就会在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的第一资源上进行传输，除非特殊情况的发生。因此，第三终端设备是否在第一资源上传输通常理解为第三终端设备在第一资源上传输。
应理解，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈，是指第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有第三终端设备对端(例如，第一终端设备或其他UE)的响应。
还应理解，第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果，是指ACK或者NACK，表示第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输成功或者失败。
作为示例而非限定，第一终端设备还可以在确定第三终端设备没有在第一资源上传输时，及时地接入信道并占用该第一资源，避免25μs后由于没有占用第一资源而被其他UE抢占，造成COT的中断，不利于系统传输性能的提升。
可选地，在监听至少一个第二终端设备(包括第三终端设备)在COT内的传输情况，第一终端设备可以将至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况上报给网络设备，便于网络设备后续有针对性的调度，合理分配和利用资源。即在步骤S402和/或步骤S404之后，还包括步骤S405。
S405，第一终端设备向网络设备发送信息#3(即，第三信息的一例)。
对应的，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的信息#3。
可选地，网络设备可以根据信息#3确定调度资源。
其中，信息#3用于指示以下一项或者多项：至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况；第三终端设备的传输情况；未进行反馈的第四终端设备，第四终端设备包含在至少一个第二终端设备中；未在第一资源上传输的第五终端设备；在第一资源上传输失败的第六终端设备；或者，在第一资源上传输成功的第七终端设备。
需要说明的是，第五终端设备、第六终端设备和第七终端设备包含在第三终端设备中。
其中，至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况包括：参与COT-sharing的终端设备的传输情况(例如，第三终端设备的传输情况(包括是否在分配的COT资源上传输、传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败)，未在第一资源上传输的第五终端设备，在第一资源上传输失败的第六终端设备，以及在第一资源上传输成功的第七终端设备)，以及未参与的COT-sharing的终端设备的传输情况，其中，未参与COT-sharing的终端设备即为未进行反馈的第四终端设备。
示例性的，基站在步骤S401向UE1发送的指示信息#1中指示其他UE(例如UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5)中的每个UE对应PUCCH资源上1bit信息，例如比特“0”对应ACK，表示传输正确；比特“1”对应NACK，表示传输失败，若UE2、UE3、UE4有反馈，UE5无反馈，且UE2的传输对应的HARQ结果为ACK，UE3、UE4的传输对应的HARQ结果为NACK，UE1的传输对应的HARQ结果为ACK，则UE1在PUCCH资源上向基站反馈的信息#2包括：UE1的对应bit承载ACK，UE2的对应bit承载ACK，UE3的对应bit承载NACK，UE4的对应bit承载NACK，UE5的对应bit承载NACK(因未反馈)，或者采用其他指示信息指示UE5未参与传输，对应的比特信息可以是“00111”。
可选地，信息#3可以是显式指示，也可以是隐式指示至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况。例如，可以通过终端设备的标识信息(例如UE ID或者UE IP地址)指示对应的终端设备的传输情况。
需要说明的是，信息#3所指示的传输情况可以包括所有第二终端设备的传输情况，也可以仅包括部分第二终端设备的传输情况，本申请对此不作具体限定。
另外，信息#3还用于指示第一终端设备的传输情况，例如是否将自己抢占到的COT分享给至少一个第二终端设备，以及第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输情况，包括第一终端设备传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等。
可选地，如果上述步骤S420并未发生，即UE1并未收到任何其他UE的反馈，则UE1在向基站进行PUCCH回复时，仅上报UE1的传输结果，例如UE1的Rx侧UE(即UE1的对端UE)反馈的HARQ结果(ACK或者NACK)。同时，UE1还可以告知gNB无其他UE2参与COT-sharing，例如可以将其他UE2对应的HARQ结果设置为NACK，或者，在信息#3中增加额外的指示信息比特位，用于指示其他UE2未参加COT-sharing。这样基站在接收到信息#3之后，识别出其他UE2未成功传输，后续可以再次调度资源用于其他UE2的传输。
可选地，至少一个第二终端设备也可以单独向网络设备上报各自的传输情况。
示例性的，基站向多个UE发送多个DCI告知COT-sharing相关信息。多个DCI可用于确定多个PUCCH的信道，每个PUCCH信道对应一个UE。假设有三个UE(例如，UE1、UE2和UE3)，则基站向UE1发送DCI#11，DCI#11用于指示PUCCH#11；基站向UE2发送DCI#22，DCI#22用于指示PUCCH#22；基站向UE3发送DCI#33，DCI#33用于指示PUCCH#33。UE1经过LBT抢到了传输机会，通过COT-sharing可以向UE2和UE3分享抢占到的COT资源。则UE1、UE2和UE3分别在PUCCH#11、PUCCH#22和PUCCH#11向基站上报各自在COT资源上的传输情况。
需要说明的是，对于没有抢到COT，且没有被分配COT资源的UE(例如UE3)，可以向基站反馈NACK，或者向基站发送用于指示没有传输资源的指示信息。对于没有抢到COT，但是被COT-sharing资源的UE(例如UE2)，尽管传输的资源的位置可能和发送给该UE2的DCI#22所指示的PUCCH#22不同，但是HARQ反馈是按照传输结果HARQ确定的。
进一步地，UE可以根据DCI指示的PUCCH资源的位置，确定一个COT-sharing的资源范围(即，时域范围和/或频域范围)。在该资源范围内，如果有传输机会，且传输获得ACK的反馈，则UE在向gNB发送的PUCCH上承载ACK；在该资源范围内，如果有传输机会，且传输获得NACK的反馈，则UE在向gNB发送的PUCCH上承载NACK。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备是抢占COT成功的终端设备，通过引入UE间(即第一终端设备与至少一个第二终端设备之间)的反馈机制，使得第一终端设备向进行了反馈的第三终端设备分配抢占的COT内的资源，能够减少资源浪费，甚至避免COT被打断，进而提升系统传输性能，保证系统吞吐量。
图5是本申请实施例提供的应用于Mode1和Mode2场景的COT资源分配的示意图。如图5所示，基站向UE1发送DCI，告知COT-sharing相关信息，例如COT资源的时频域位置信息，UE1通过LBT抢占到COT，并发送其他UE的ID(例如UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5)，并指示其他UE采用Type 2B方式反馈是否听到UE1消息。
在一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内接收到其他UE的反馈消息。例如，UE2、UE3和UE4在该9μs内进行了反馈，表示它们听得到UE1发送的消息，而UE5在该9μs内并未反馈，表示其听不到UE1发送的消息。基于其他UE的反馈消息，UE1更新COT-sharing相关信息，并发送给UE2、UE3和UE4，用于UE2、UE3和UE4在分配的资源上进行传输，例如可以以时隙slot方式接入。比如，UE2、UE3和UE4在同一时隙不同子信道内传输。进一步地，UE1可以监听UE2、UE3和UE4在各自分配的资源上的传输情况，并通过PUCCH资源将其他UE的传输情况上报给基站。例如，告知基站以下一项或者多项：UE5未参加COT-sharing，UE2、UE3和UE4参加COT-sharing，UE2、UE3和UE4在各自分配的资源上是否传输、UE2、UE3和UE4传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈，以及UE2、UE3和UE4传输对应的HARQ反馈结果是ACK还是NACK等。
在另一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内并未接收到其他UE的反馈消息，即UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5均未反馈。此时UE1可以采用Type 2A方式占用COT资源继续传输，避免COT中断。进一步地，UE1通过PUCCH资源向基站上报其他UE的传输情况。例如，告知基站以下一项或者多项：UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5均未参加COT-sharing，UE1的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈，以及UE1传输对应的HARQ反馈结果是ACK还是NACK等。
需要说明的是，上述方法400中步骤S410、S420和S430所示的反馈机制可以单独执行，而不执行其他的步骤，例如S401、S405和S406。其他UE可能因为半双工或双向信道差异等因素无法接收到UE1的COT-sharing信息，可以通过反馈机制进一步确认其他UE是否听得到UE1的消息，进而确定是否可以分享UE1的COT资源。
图6是本申请实施例提供的应用于Mode2场景的COT资源分配的示意图。如图6所示，UE1可以通过接收、监听或感知等途经获取其他UE的预约消息。例如，UE1通过解调其他UE的消息，获取侧行控制信息SCI，从而获取其他UE预约资源的信息。然后，UE1通过LBT抢占到COT，并发送其他UE的ID(例如UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5)，并指示其他UE采用Type 2B方式反馈是否听到UE1消息。
在一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内接收到其他UE的反馈消息。例如，UE2、UE3和UE4在该9μs内进行了反馈，表示它们听得到UE1发送的消息，而UE5在该9μs内并未反馈，表示其听不到UE1发送的消息。基于其他UE的反馈消息，UE1更新COT-sharing相关信息，并发送给UE2、UE3和UE4，用于UE2、UE3和UE4在分配的资源上进行传输，例如可以以时隙slot方式接入。可选地，UE1可以与UE2、UE3和UE4在同一时隙不同子信道内传输。
在另一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内并未接收到其他UE的反馈消息，即UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5均未反馈。此时，若UE1有数据要传输时，UE1可以采用Type 2A方式占用COT资源继续传输，避免COT中断。若UE1无数据要传输时，UE1可以放弃传输；或者，UE1仍然可以采用Type2A方式占用该信道的传输，直到UE1的对端发送HARQ结果为止。
基于上述方案，通过反馈检测机制，避免了将资源分配给听不到COT-sharing的其他UE。换句话说，该方式可以解决Mode1和/或Mode2场景下，UE1分享COT-sharing时其他UE2听不到传输的问题，并给出了Mode1场景中如何向基站反馈COT-sharing情况，供基站后续进行Mode1调度时使用。另外，通过UE1向基站上报其他UE的传输情况，能够避免额外指示其他UE反馈的开销，还可以节约反馈资源。
接下来，针对Mode1场景中，UE1如何告知gNB共享了UE1的COT资源的其他UE的传输情况，以及如何保证UE1发送的COT-sharing相关信息能被其他UE接收到进行示例说明。
图7是本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法700的流程示意图。与上述方法400不同之处在于，该实现方式中的COT-sharing的资源分配完全根据网络设备的指示确定的。在该实现方式中，UE1根据接收到其他UE2的反馈，或者UE1自主监听确定其他UE2的传输情况。应理解，该实现方式主要适用于Mode1场景。如图7所示，该方法包括如下多个步骤。
S710，第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
其中，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源。
需要说明的是，本申请对第二终端设备的数量不作具体限定。
还需要说明的是，第一终端设备通过Type1方式在LBT流程中抢到信道使用机会，即COT资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的反馈消息；第一终端设备根据反馈消息确定第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
需要说明的是，这里根据反馈消息所确定的传输情况，是指第二终端设备是否在第一资源传输。示例性的，若第二终端设备在16～25μs进行反馈，第一终端设备根据第二终端设备的反馈可以确定第二终端设备占用该第一资源。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备可以通过能量检测，或者检测SCI的值来监听第二终端设备是否占用该频带的资源，和/或第二终端设备的PSFCH回复(例如，ACK或NACK)信息。其中，本申请对第一终端设备监听信道资源的具体实现方式不作具体限定。
示例性的，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
需要说明的是，第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况的具体实现方式，以及第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况的具体说明，可参考上述方法400的步骤S404，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在获取第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况之前，第一终端设备可以分享抢占到的COT内的第一资源给第二终端设备，用于第二终端设备的传输。即在执行步骤S710之前，还包括步骤S701。
S701，第一终端设备发送资源指示信息#a(即，第一资源指示信息的一例)。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源指示信息#a。
其中，资源指示信息#a用于指示第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源。第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
可选地，该实现方式可以认为第一资源是网络设备确定的，即网络设备根据第一终端设备抢占COT资源，以及第二终端设备的调度需求确定的第一资源。第一终端设备可以直接将分配好的第一资源告知第二终端设备，用于第二终端设备的传输。
可选地，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输的指示可以是基站指示的，也可以是第一终端设备指示的，本申请对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，资源指示信息#a与上述方法400中步骤S430的资源指示信息#1的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，资源指示信息#a可以是广播消息，信息#a可以指示第二终端设备进行反馈的资源位置，资源指示信息#a可以指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈等。为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
可选地，在第一终端设备发送资源指示信息#a之前，第一终端设备根据第二终端设备的反馈生成资源指示信息#a。
示例性的，第一终端设备抢占的COT包含频域资源#1～频域资源#5，以及时域资源#1～时域资源#3。第一终端设备可以根据反馈了的UE2的数量(例如2个)以及传输数据需求量，确定将时域资源#1以及频域资源#1～频域资源#3分配给第一个UE2，将时域资源#2以及频域资源#4分配给第二个UE2等。
其中，本申请对第一终端设备生成资源指示信息的具体实现方式不作具体限定。
可选地，第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配第一资源之前，第一终端设备可以先通知第二终端设备进行反馈，确保第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间互相听得到对方的消息，避免分配的第一资源被浪费。即在执行步骤S701之前，还包括步骤S702和S703。
S702，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送信息#a(即，第一信息的一例)。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的信息#a。
其中，信息#a用于指示第二终端设备反馈。
可选地，第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的反馈，说明第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间可以相互有听得到对方的消息。具体实现方式可参见上述方法400的步骤S420，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
应理解，该实现方式可以认为第一资源是第一终端设备确定的，即第一终端设备基于反馈可以确定能够听到自己发送的消息的第二终端设备有哪些，进而将抢占的COT资源分配给这些第二终端设备，避免第二终端设备未使用分配的资源，导致资源浪费。
需要说明的是，信息#a与上述方法400中步骤S410的消息#1的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，信息#a可以是广播消息，信息#a可以指示第二终端设备进行反馈的资源位置，信息#a可以指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈等。为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
S703，第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈。
其中，第一时间段的起始时刻是根据第一方式确定的。需要指出的是，第一终端设备是分段传输的，第一终端设备在发送信息#a时，表示第一终端设备的第一段传输已经完成，此时第一终端设备可能还有待传输的数据，也可能在第一段传输时已经全部传输完毕，本申请对此不作具体限定。可选地，针对第一终端设备的第二段传输，可以是继续传输未完成的数据，以及更新后的COT-sharing信息，也可以是发送空的数据包，避免COT资源中断等。
可选地，第一方式可以是当前标准中的Type 2A方式或者Type 2B方式，本申请对此不作具体限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备通过监听(例如16～25μs内)信道是否被占用来确定第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输。例如，第一终端设备监听16～25μs发现第二终端设备并没有传输，可以在25μs后占用该第一资源进行数据传输，避免COT资源的浪费或者COT中断等。
需要说明的是，第一终端设备监听的具体内容、监听方式可以参考上述方法400中步骤S402，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在网络设备确定第一终端设备抢到COT资源，且第二终端设备具有调度需求的情况下，网络设备可以指示第一终端设备将抢到的COT资源分享给第二终端设备进行传输。即在执行步骤S702之前，还包括步骤S704。
S704，网络设备向第一终端设备发送信息#b。
对应的，第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的信息#b。
其中，信息#b用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的COT内的第一资源分配给第二终端设备，信息#b包括第二终端设备的标识信息，例如UE2(s)ID。
示例性的，假设第二终端设备有两个，在确定第一终端设备在LBT流程中抢到COT资源的情况下，网络设备可以指示第一终端设备将COT资源中的资源#1(例如占用第1至10时隙的传输资源)分配给第一个UE2，将第一终端设备的COT资源中的资源#2(例如占用第11至15时隙的传输资源)分配给第二个UE2，第一终端设备基于网络设备的指示向第二终端设备发送第一资源，用于第二终端设备的传输。
可选地，信息#b还可以包括第二终端设备的数据需求量等信息。例如，网络设备可以按照数据需求量最大的UE2确定占用时域资源(例如，时隙数或ms)，和/或频域资源(例如，子信道数、RB数或interlace数)。
可选地，网络设备接收来自第二终端设备的调度请求消息，使得网络设备收集到有传输需求的UE2。其中，调度请求消息可以包括UE2ID，或者与UE2通信的对端UE ID等信息。
需要说明的是，信息#b与上述方法400中步骤S401的信息#2的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，信息#b可以包括第二终端设备的数据需求量等。为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在网络设备指示第一终端设备分享COT资源给第二终端设备之前，第一终端设备可以主动上报资源请求信息#a和信息#c，供网络设备分配COT-sharing时考量，进而规避UE间听不到彼此的问题。即在执行步骤S704之前，还包括步骤S705。
S705，第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息#a(即，资源请求信息的一例)和信息#c(即，第三信息的一例)。
对应的，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息#a和信息#c。
其中，资源请求信息#a请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，信息#c包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，其他终端设备包括第二终端设备；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。
示例性的，第一终端设备在向基站上报BSR时，可以携带第一终端设备的位置信息，或者source ID和destination ID。
需要说明的是，资源请求信息#a与上述方法400中步骤S406的资源请求信息#1的含义、用途、发送方式等类似。信息#c与上述方法400中步骤S406的信息#4的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
进一步地，基于获取的第二终端设备在分配的资源上的传输情况，第一终端设备可以确定并向网络设备上报的反馈信息。即，在执行步骤S710之后，还包括步骤S720和S730。
S720，第一终端设备根据第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况确定反馈信息#a(即，第一反馈信息的一例)。
示例性的，反馈信息#a用于指示以下一项或者多项：未在第一资源上传输的第三终端设备；在第一资源上传输失败的第四终端设备；在第一资源上传输成功的第五终端设备；或者，未进行反馈的第六终端设备；其中，第三终端设备、第四终端设备、第五终端设备和第六终端设备包含在第二终端设备中。
可选地，反馈信息#a可以是显式指示，也可以是隐式指示第二终端设备的传输情况。例如，可以通过UE ID或者UE IP地址指示对应的终端设备在第一资源的传输情况。
需要说明的是，反馈信息#a所指示的传输情况可以包括所有第二终端设备的传输情况，也可以仅包括部分第二终端设备的传输情况，本申请对此不作具体限定。
S730，第一终端设备向网络设备发送反馈信息#a。
对应的，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息#a。
可选地，网络设备可以根据反馈信息#a确定调度资源。
示例性的，第一终端设备通过网络设备指示的PUCCH资源反馈第二终端设备的传输情况。
需要说明的是，第一终端设备还可以向网络设备发送反馈信息#b，反馈信息#b用于指示第一终端设备的传输情况，例如是否将自己抢占到的COT分享给第二终端设备，以及第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输情况，包括第一终端设备传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等。可选地，反馈信息#a和反馈信息#b可以在同一个信道发送，也可以在不同的信道发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备是抢占COT成功的终端设备，通过第一终端设备向网络设备反馈第二终端设备在COT内的资源的传输情况，解决了当前网络设备无法获取其他UE的传输情况的问题。网络设备基于第一终端设备上报的部分或全部第二终端设备的传输情况，可以在后续的调度资源的时候有所针对性，避免资源的浪费，有利于满足终端设备的传输需求，进而提升通信系统的传输性能和系统吞吐量。
图8是本申请实施例提供的其他UE向UE1反馈在COT资源上的传输情况的示意图。如图8所示，根据能够听到UE1消息的其他UE反馈的信息，UE1可以确定参与COT-sharing的UE。例如，基站向UE1发送DCI，告知COT-sharing相关信息，例如COT资源的时频域位置信息，UE1通过LBT抢占到COT，向其他UE(例如UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5)发送传输资源，并指示其他UE采用Type 2B方式反馈是否听到UE1消息。应理解，分配给其他UE的传输资源是基站通过DCI指示的。
在一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内接收到其他UE的反馈消息。例如，UE2、UE3和UE4在该9μs内进行了反馈，表示它们听得到UE1发送的消息，而UE5在该9μs内并未反馈，表示其听不到UE1发送的消息。UE2、UE3和UE4在基站指示的UE1抢占的COT资源上进行传输，例如以时隙slot或interlace方式接入。比如，UE2、UE3和UE4在同一时隙不同子信道内传输。可选地，UE1可以与UE2、UE3和UE4同时在COT资源上进行传输，并监听UE2、UE3和UE4的传输情况，并通过PUCCH资源将其他UE2、UE3和UE4的传输情况上报给基站。
在另一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内并未接收到其他UE的反馈消息，即UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5均未反馈。此时UE1可以采用Type 2A方式占用COT资源继续传输或不进行传输，避免COT中断。进一步地，UE1通过PUCCH资源向基站上报其他UE的传输情况。
基于上述方案，基于基站分配的资源确定COT-sharing的信息，通过UE1接收其他UE的反馈(例如，是否在9μs内接入信道)，解决了UE间进行COT-sharing时彼此听不到的问题，同时确定反馈给基站的PUCCH承载的其他UE的传输情况。
图9是本申请实施例提供的UE1监听其他UE在COT资源上的传输情况的示意图。如图9所示，UE1可以通过监听COT-sharing的使用情况，确定其它UE是否占用该频带的资源，进而向基站反馈参与和/或未参与COT-sharing的UE标识。例如，基站向UE1发送DCI，告知COT-sharing相关信息，例如COT资源的时频域位置信息，UE1通过LBT抢占到COT，向其他UE(例如UE2、UE3、UE4和UE5)发送传输资源。应理解，分配给其他UE的传输资源是基站通过DCI指示的。
在一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内检测到信道被占用。即表示UE2、UE3和UE4在基站指示的UE1抢占的COT资源上进行传输。比如UE2、UE3和UE4在同一时隙不同子信道内传输。进一步地，UE1可以监听UE2、UE3和UE4在各自分配的资源上的传输情况，并通过PUCCH资源将其他UE的传输情况上报给基站。
在另一种示例中，UE1在16～25μs所在的9μs内并未检测到信道被占用。即表示UE2、UE3和UE4并未在基站指示的UE1抢占的COT资源上进行传输。此时UE1可以采用Type 2A方式占用COT资源继续传输或不传输，保证COT不中断即可。进一步地，UE1通过PUCCH资源向基站上报其他UE的传输情况。
需要说明的是，该实现方式没有反馈机制，仅仅根据其他UE的传输情况确定反馈给基站的PUCCH上所承载的信息。或者说，COT-sharing仅为其他UE间的传输，不包括UE1的传输。
基于上述方案，基于基站分配的资源确定COT-sharing的信息，UE1监听其他UE的传输情况(例如，是否在基站分配的资源上进行传输，传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是ACK或NACK)，确定反馈给基站的PUCCH承载的其他UE的传输情况。
接下来，针对Mode2场景中其他UE错检、漏检UE1的COT-sharing信息时，如何避免COT中间某个时隙被打断的方案进行示例说明。
图10是本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法1000的流程示意图。与上述方法400或700不同之处在于，该实现方式中不涉及反馈机制，主要通过UE1给其他UE分配COT资源并监听其他UE的传输情况，确定是否抢占信道从而避免COT中断。如图10所示，该方法包括如下多个步骤。
S1010，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送资源指示信息#A(即，第一资源指示信息的一例)。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源指示信息#A。
其中，资源指示信息#A用于指示第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源。
需要说明的是，资源指示信息#A与上述方法700中步骤S701的资源指示信息#a的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，资源指示信息#A可以是广播消息，信息#A可以指示第二终端设备进行反馈的资源位置，资源指示信息#A可以指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈等。为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
可选地，资源指示信息#A还用于指示第三终端设备传输占用的第二资源，即第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送所述资源指示信息#A，第二资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，第二资源所在的时域位于第一资源所在的时域之后。
也就是说，在Mode2场景中，第一终端设备可以基于其他UE的预约信息确定第二终端设备和第三终端设备具有传输需求。对应的，第一终端设备可以通过资源指示信息#A同时为第二终端设备和第三终端设备分配传输资源，即第一资源和第二资源，例如第一资源的传输位置在第二资源之前。
需要说明的是，第二终端设备根据资源指示信息#A确定第一资源后，因为某些原因也可以不进行传输，本申请不排除这种情况的发生。
可选地，在第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送资源指示信息#A之前，可以生成资源指示信息#A。即在执行步骤S1010之前，还包括步骤S1001。
S1001，第一终端设备确定资源指示信息#A。
示例性的，第一终端设备感知信道资源或者根据其他UE的预约信息，确定第二终端设备的传输需求，并将第一终端设备抢占的COT资源中的第一资源(例如从第1时隙开始的第一时间段)分配给第二终端设备。可选地，该第一资源可以大于第二终端设备的传输需求资源，也可以小于第二终端设备的传输需求资源，待下一次分享资源给第二终端设备等，本申请对此不作具体限定。
进一步地，在第一终端设备分享COT资源中的第一资源给第二终端设备之后，第一终端设备可以监听第二终端设备的传输情况，进而确定是否需要第一终端设备占用第一资源，以及确定向网络设备反馈的信息。即，在执行步骤S1010之后，还包括S1020、S1030和S1002。
S1020，第一终端设备监听第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备可以通过能量检测，监听第二终端设备是否占用该频带的资源。例如，能量检测可以理解为第一终端设备在9μs(即16～25μs)上检测能量，如果超过门限，则意味着第二终端设备占用该资源；反之，如果不超过门限，则意味着第二终端设备没有占用该资源，此时第一终端设备可以占用该第一资源。
S1030，第一终端设备根据第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况确定是否占用第一资源。
可选地，S1002，在确定第二终端设备未在第一资源上传输的情况下，第一终端设备在第一资源上传输。
应理解，这里特指第二终端设备是一个的情况，即在第一终端设备为第二终端设备分配了第一资源后，第一终端设备通过监听(例如16～25μs)来确定第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输。
示例性的，第一终端设备监听16～25μs发现第二终端设备并没有传输，可以认为第二终端设备并未听到第一终端设备为其发送的消息，因此第一终端设备在25μs后可以继续占用该第一资源，用于第一终端设备的传输，避免COT资源的浪费或者COT中断等。
可选地，第一终端设备在第一资源上传输之后，可以重新向第三终端设备发送资源指示信息，用于指示第三终端设备传输的资源。即在步骤S1002之后，还包括步骤S1005。
S1005，第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送资源指示信息#B(即，第二资源指示信息的一例)，资源指示信息#B用于指示第二资源，第二资源用于第三终端设备的传输，第二资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，第二资源所在的时域位于第一资源所在的时域之后。
应理解，资源指示信息#B的发送是可选步骤，即资源指示信息#A中已经指示了第三终端设备传输的第二资源，该实现方式可以看作是第一资源未被第二终端设备占用，第一终端设备在25μs后接入信道，进行第一终端设备的数据传输，并重新向第三终端设备发送该第二资源指示信息，该资源指示信息#B所指示的第二资源与第一资源指示信息中所指示的第二资源是相同的。
作为示例而非限定，其他UE例如UE2也可以向第三终端设备发送该资源指示信息#B，该实现方式中第二终端设备是使用了第一资源，并在第一资源上传输数据的。第二终端设备在传输结束后，监听16～25μs内第三终端设备是否接入。若确定第三终端设备在16～25μs内接入时，第二终端设备可以发送该资源指示信息#B，也可以不发送，说明接下来第三终端设备将在分配的第二资源上进行传输。若确定第三终端设备未在16～25μs接入时，则第二终端设备可以占用该第二资源，避免COT中断。
可选地，第一终端设备分享COT资源中的第二资源给第三终端设备之后，第一终端设备可以监听第三终端设备的传输情况，进而确定是否需要第一终端设备占用第二资源，以及确定向网络设备反馈的信息。即，在执行步骤S1005之后，还包括S1003和S1004。
S1003，第一终端设备监听第三终端设备在第二资源上的传输情况。
S1004，第一终端设备根据第三终端设备在第二资源上的传输情况确定是否占用第二资源。
示例性的，第一终端设备可以通过能量检测，监听第三终端设备是否占用该频带的资源。例如，能量检测可以理解为第一终端设备在9μs(即16～25μs)上检测能量，如果超过门限，则意味着第三终端设备占用该资源；反之，如果不超过门限，则意味着第三终端设备没有占用该资源，此时第一终端设备可以占用该第二资源。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S1003和S1004说明由启动COT的UE1持续监控时隙的占用情况，即UE2和UE3在分配的资源上的传输情况。可选地，该方式也可以由占用上一个时隙的UE持续监控时隙的占用情况。
可选地，第三终端设备的传输情况也可以由占用上一时隙的UE2持续监控时隙的占用。也就是说，在同一个COT中上一个时隙传输的UE来监听下一个时隙的传输情况，进而保证COT不被打断。即UE1传输后监听UE2，UE2传输后监听UE3。应理解，该实现方式的前提是第一终端设备抢占到COT资源，且第二终端设备占用第一终端设备分配的第一资源，并在第一资源上进行传输。进一步地，第二终端设备可以监听第三终端设备在第二资源上的传输情况，确定是否占用第二资源。即该方法还包括步骤S1006-S1008。
S1006，在确定第二终端设备在第一资源上传输的情况下，第二终端设备监听第三终端设备在第二资源上的传输情况。
示例性的，第二终端设备可以通过能量检测，监听第三终端设备是否占用该频带的资源。例如，能量检测可以理解为第二终端设备在9μs(即16～25μs)上检测能量，如果超过门限，则意味着第三终端设备占用该资源；反之，如果不超过门限，则意味着第三终端设备没有占用该资源，此时第二终端设备可以占用该第二资源。
S1007，第二终端设备根据第三终端设备在第二资源上的传输情况确定是否占用第二资源。
S1008，在确定第三终端设备未在第二资源上传输的情况下，第二终端设备在第二资源上传输。
应理解，这里特指第三终端设备是一个的情况，即在第一终端设备为第三终端设备分配了第二资源后，第二终端设备通过监听(例如16～25μs)来确定第三终端设备是否在第二资源上传输。
示例性的，第二终端设备监听16～25μs发现第三终端设备并没有传输，可以认为第三终端设备并未听到第一终端设备为其发送的消息，因此第二终端设备在25μs后可以继续占用该第二资源，用于第二终端设备的传输，避免COT资源的浪费或者COT中断等。
根据本申请提供的方案，第一终端设备在第二终端设备未使用第一资源进行传输的情况下，及时地接入信道并占用该第一资源，避免25μs后由于没有占用第一资源而被其他UE抢占，该方式不仅可以减少COT资源的浪费，以及避免COT中断，有利于保证系统传输系统。
图11是本申请实施例提供的由启动COT的UE持续监控时隙的占用情况的示意图。如图11所示，UE1抢占COT资源，并在slot 1完成第一段传输，期间向其他UE(例如UE2和UE3)发送COT-sharing信息，分配COT内资源给其他UE传输(例如slot 2用于UE2传输，slot 3用于UE3传输)，并指示其他UE采用Type 2B方式进行反馈。UE1在第一段传输后的16～25μs监听UE2的传输情况，如果UE2在slot 2上传输，则继续监听；如果25μs内检测信道无占用，表示UE2未在slot 2上传输，则UE1按照Type 2A方式继续占用该信道(即slot 2)，继续UE1的传输，避免其他UE通过LBT抢占信道。可选地，UE1可以分配更新后的COT-sharing信息给UE3，用于指示UE3传输的资源。需要说明的是，向UE3发送的更新后的COT-sharing信息所指示的资源仍然是slot3。进一步地，UE1在第二段传输后的16～25μs监听UE3的传输情况，如果UE3在slot3上传输，说明UE3占用分配的资源，UE1无需占用slot 3；如果25μs内检测信道无占用，表示UE3未在slot 3上传输，则UE1按照Type 2A方式继续占用该信道(即slot 3)，继续UE1的传输，避免其他UE通过LBT抢占信道。
图12是本申请实施例提供的由占用上一时隙的UE持续监控时隙的占用情况的示意图。如图12所示，UE1抢占COT资源，并在slot 1完成第一段传输，期间向其他UE(例如UE2和UE3)发送COT-sharing信息，分配COT内资源给其他UE传输(例如slot2用于UE2传输，slot3用于UE3传输)，并指示其他UE采用Type 2B方式进行反馈。UE1在第一段传输后的16～25μs监听UE2的传输情况，如果25μs内检测信道无占用，表示UE2未在slot2上传输，则UE1按照Type 2A方式继续占用该信道(例如slot 2)，避免其他UE通过LBT抢占信道。反之，如果UE2在slot2上传输，则由UE2在slot2传输结束后的16～25μs监听UE3的传输情况，如果25μs内检测信道无占用，表示UE3未在slot3上传输，则UE2按照Type 2A方式继续占用该信道(例如slot 3)，避免其他UE通过LBT抢占信道。可选地，UE2可以分配更新后的COT-sharing信息给UE3，用于指示UE3传输的资源。需要说明的是，向UE3发送的更新后的COT-sharing信息所指示的资源仍然是slot3。
基于上述方案，通过监听16～25μs内信道的使用情况，并在空闲时占用信道，避免被分配COT资源的UE不进行接入，造成资源浪费和COT被打断。
接下来，针对共享了UE1的COT资源的其他UE如何向gNB反馈自己的传输情况的方案进行示例说明。
图13是本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法1300的流程示意图。如图13所示，包括如下多个步骤。
S1310～S1320，网络设备向多个终端设备发送多个指示信息。
示例性的，网络设备向第一终端设备发送指示信息#11(即，第一指示信息的一例)，对应的第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息#11。
类似地，网络设备向第二终端设备发送指示信息#22(即，第二指示信息的一例)，对应的第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息#22。
其中，指示信息#11用于指示传输资源和PUCCH资源#11，指示信息#22用于指示传输资源和PUCCH资源#22。
示例性的，网络设备可以通过DCI向多个终端设备指示传输资源和PUCCH资源。
需要说的是，本申请对终端设备的数量不作具体限定，网络设备发送的指示信息的数量与终端设备的数目一一对应。
S1330，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送资源指示信息#11(即，资源指示信息的一例)。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源指示信息#11。
其中，资源指示信息#11用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内。
需要说明的是，资源指示信息#11与上述方法400、700和1000中对应的资源指示信息#1、资源指示信息#a和资源指示信息#A的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，资源指示信息#11可以是广播消息，资源指示信息#11可以指示第二终端设备进行反馈的资源位置，资源指示信息#11可以指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈等。另外，该步骤的具体实现方式可参考上述步骤S430、S701或S1010等，为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
S1340，第二终端设备根据在第一资源的传输情况确定反馈信息#11(即，第一反馈信息的一例)。
示例性的，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
S1350，网络设备在PUCCH资源#22上接收来自第二终端设备的反馈信息#11。
对应的，第二终端设备在PUCCH资源#22上向第二终端设备发送反馈信息#11。
其中，反馈信息#11用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内。
也就是说，网络设备分别向每个有调度需求的终端设备发送一个DCI，用于指示可以抢占的传输资源(即COT)，以及每个UE对应的PUCCH资源，各个UE(如UE2)在未能抢到传输机会的情况下，可以分享UE1抢到的COT进行传输，并将传输的HARQ结果通过网络设备指示的属于自己的PUCCH资源进行上报。
S1360，第一终端设备在PUCCH资源#11上向网络设备发送反馈信息#22。
对应的，网络设备在PUCCH资源#11上接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息#22。
其中，反馈信息#22用于指示第一终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备的传输情况可以是：第一终端设备是否将自己抢占到的COT分享给第二终端设备，第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等。
因此，在该实现方式中，gNB可以向多个UE发送多个DCI，用于告知每个UE关联COT-sharing的信息，例如COT资源所在的时频域位置。假设只有UE1经过通过LBT抢到了传输机会，其余UE(例如UE2和UE3)可以通过该UE1的COT-sharing获得传输机会。每个DCI用于确定一个终端设备(例如UE1、UE2和UE3)的PUCCH信道。抢到COT的UE1可以根据自己的传输HARQ结果，在属于自己的PUCCH信道上向基站反馈。而未抢到COT的UE2和UE3通过COT-sharing获得传输机会， 并根据其在COT资源上的传输HARQ结果，在属于自己的PUCCH信道上向基站反馈。
需要指出的是，只有没有抢到COT，且没有被分配COT资源的UE反馈NACK，或者其他指示信息表示没有传输资源。对于没有抢到COT但是被COT-sharing资源的UE，尽管传输的资源的位置可能和发送给该UE的DCI上指示的资源不同，但是HARQ反馈是按照传输结果HARQ确定的。
进一步的，UE可以根据DCI的指示资源的位置，确定一个COT-sharing的资源范围(即，时域范围和/或频域范围)。在该资源范围内，如果有传输机会，且传输获得ACK的反馈，则UE在向gNB发送的PUCCH上承载ACK；在该资源范围内，如果有传输机会，且传输获得NACK的反馈，则UE在向gNB发送的PUCCH上承载NACK。
根据本申请提供的方案，第二终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示信息确定反馈传输情况所承载的PUCCH资源，进而在指示的PUCCH资源上向网络设备上报各自的传输情况，使得网络设备清楚每个终端设备的实际传输的情况，便于后续有针对性地、合理地分配COT sharing资源，避免造成COT资源的浪费。
需要特别指出的是，上述通信方法400的步骤S405，以及通信方法700的步骤S730中，分享UE1的COT-sharing信息的其他UE也可以独立向网络设备上报各自的传输情况。
这是因为基站分配的资源是固定的，UE2可以根据分配的COT-sharing的资源不同，确定各自的PUCCH资源，使得每个UE在各自的PUCCH信道上反馈。比如，在某个资源上进行了传输，E2可以根据各自传输所在的时频资源，确定对应的PUCCH资源，并在PUCCH资源上向基站反馈传输情况，比如是否传输或者传输是否成功等信息。
图14是本申请实施例提供的第五种通信方法1400的流程示意图。如图14所示，包括如下多个步骤。
S1410，网络设备向第一终端设备发送指示信息#aa。
对应的，第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息#aa。
其中，指示信息#aa用于指示传输资源，指示信息#aa还用于确定将第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内的资源分配给第二终端设备，指示信息#aa包括第二终端设备的标识信息。
S1420，网络设备向第二终端设备发送配置信息#aa。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息#aa。
其中，该配置信息#aa用于为第二终端设备配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源。
需要说明的是，本申请对上述步骤S1410和步骤S1420之间不限定执行的先后顺序。
应理解，第一终端设备在接收到网络设备的指示信息#aa之后，可以将抢占到的COT资源分享给第二终端设备，即执行步骤S1430。
S1430，第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送资源指示信息#aa。
对应的，第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源指示信息#aa。
其中，资源指示信息#aa用于指示第一资源，第一资源用于第二终端设备的传输，第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
需要说明的是，资源指示信息#aa与上述方法400、700、1000和1300中对应的资源指示信息#1、资源指示信息#a、资源指示信息#A和资源指示信息#11的含义、具体携带的内容、发送方式等类似。例如，资源指示信息#aa可以是广播消息，资源指示信息#aa可以指示第二终端设备进行反馈的资源位置，资源指示信息#aa可以指示第二终端设备通过第一方式在COT内进行反馈等。另外，该步骤的具体实现方式可参考上述步骤S430、S701、S1010或S1330等，为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
需要说明的是，第二终端设备基于网络设备配置的周期性的PUCCH资源，以及第一终端设备分配的COT资源内的第一资源，可以进一步确定向网络设备反馈的第二终端设备的传输情况所承载的PUCCH资源，即执行步骤S1440。
S1440，第二终端设备根据第一资源的传输位置确定PUCCH资源#bb，该PUCCH资源#bb包含在周期性的PUCCH资源。
示例性的，PUCCH资源#bb为第一资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源；或者，PUCCH资源#bb为第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源。
进一步的，第二终端设备在第一资源上传输后，可以在步骤S1440确定的PUCCH资源#bb上，向网络设备反馈其传输情况，即执行步骤S1450。
S1450，第二终端设备在PUCCH资源#bb上向网络设备发送反馈信息#aa。
对应的，网络设备在PUCCH资源#bb上接收来自第二终端设备的反馈信息#aa。
其中，反馈信息#bb用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况。第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的COT内，第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源，PUCCH资源#bb是根据第一资源的传输位置确定的，PUCCH资源#bb包含在周期性的PUCCH资源。
示例性的，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：第二终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
S1460，第一终端设备在PUCCH资源#aa上向网络设备发送反馈信息#bb。
对应的，网络设备在PUCCH资源#aa上接收来自第一终端设备的反馈信息#bb。
需要说明的是，第一终端设备在其抢占的COT资源上传输结束后，可以将其传输情况通过PUCCH资源#aa上报给网络设备，即本申请对步骤S1460与其他步骤(例如步骤S1450)之间的执行时序不作限定。
应理解，PUCCH资源#aa可以是网络设备在步骤S1440之前，提前为第一终端设备配置的，用于第一终端设备反馈其传输情况。
其中，反馈信息#bb用于指示第一终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的传输情况。
示例性的，第一终端设备的传输情况可以是：第一终端设备是否将自己抢占到的COT分享给第二终端设备，第一终端设备在COT资源上的传输是否有对端的HARQ反馈，以及HARQ反馈的结果是成功还是失败等。
因此，在该实现方式中，由于基站分配的资源是固定的，各UE可以根据COT-sharing的资源位置确定各自的PUCCH反馈信道资源，令每个UE在各自的信道信道上反馈。比如，UE2在某个资源上进行了传输，UE2可以根据该传输所在的时频资源，确定对应的PUCCH资源，并在PUCCH资源上向基站反馈传输情况，比如是否传输或者传输是否成功等信息。换句话说，多个终端设备对应的PUCCH资源是根据其发送数据的时域资源决定，而其发送数据的时域资源是基站在DCI内指示的，该实现方式能够避免多个UE使用相同的PUCCH传输，即各UE反馈PUCCH的资源与COT-sharing分配的频域资源关联。
需要说明的是，为了提高或规避UE间听不到彼此的问题，本申请还提出了一种技术方案，即在网络设备发送COT-sharing的信令之前，第一终端设备可以预先向网络设备提供更多的信息，比如监听到的其他UE的相关信息，第一终端设备的位置信息等，供基站分配COT-sharing时考量。
图15是本申请实施例提供的第六种通信方法600的流程示意图。如图15所示，该方法包括如下多个步骤。
S1510，第一终端设备向网络设备发送资源请求信息#α(即，资源请求信息的一例)和信息#β(即，第一信息的一例)。
对应的，网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的资源请求信息#α和信息#β。
需要说明的是，资源请求信息#α和信息#β可以一起发送，也可以同时发送，本申请对此不作限制。
其中，资源请求信息#α用于请求用于第一终端设备传输的资源，信息#β包括以下一项或者多项：第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息；第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，第一终端设备的标识信息。可选地，其他终端设备包括至少一个第二终端设备。
示例性的，第一终端设备在向基站上报BSR时，携带第一终端设备的位置信息，或者携带监听SCI sensing得到的source ID和destination ID。
示例性的，资源请求信息用于向网络设备请求传输资源，网络设备可以进一步指示第一终端设备抢占COT资源的位置，即在抢占的COT资源上进行数据的传输。
示例性的，第一终端设备的标识信息可以是UE1ID，也可以是UE1的IP地址，还可以是UE1的外部标识，例如GPSI或者zone ID(即区域块ID)。第一终端设备的位置信息可以是地理位置绝对坐标或相对坐标。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S1520，可选地，网络设备根据资源请求信息#α和信息#β确定调度资源。
需要说明的是，假设UE1在LBT流程中抢到信道使用机会，网络设备后续通过DCI指示UE1分享抢占到的COT资源给其他UE的具体实现方式可参见上述方法400和700，为了简洁，此处不再过多赘述。
下面结合图16和图17对第一终端设备上报资源请求信息#α和信息#β进行具体说明。
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种UE1上报资源请求和监听到的UE2信息的示意图。如图16所示，在步骤1中，UE1根据监听信道占用情况，感知占用信道的UE2的标识。例如，通过解调传输的SCI内容，获取占用信道的UE2的标识，并将监听到的UE2的标识上报给基站；UE1向基站上报资源请求，用于请求传输的资源。即UE1在传输BSR时，携带监听到的SCI内source ID和/或destination ID给基站；以及UE1的source ID或UE1的标识；该标识ID的来源可能与业务和UE1选择的随机数有关，也可能是基站为其分配的标识值。进一步地，在步骤2中，基站基于接收到UE2的调度请求，可以向UE1发送DCI用于指示COT-sharing相关信息。
基于上述实现方式，UE1通过上报监听到的UE2的标识，gNB在分配COT-sharing信息时，分配能彼此听到的UE在(例如UE1和UE2)一个COT内传输，避免了彼此听不到的问题。
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种UE1上报资源请求和UE1的位置信息的示意图。如图17所示，在步骤1中，UE1在上报BSR时，携带UE1的位置信息给基站，便于后续基站根据UE1的位置信息，将与UE1位置信息接近或相同区域内的其他UE(例如UE2)划分到一个COT-sharing组内。进一步地，在步骤2中，基站基于接收到UE2的调度请求，可以向UE1发送DCI用于指示COT-sharing相关信息。
基于上述实现方式，通过把能听到彼此的UE ID或在一个区域内的UE划为到同一个COT-sharing的组内，能够最大程度上避免UE1发送的消息其他UE听不到的问题。
应理解，上述通信方法600是一种辅助方法，由于没有UE间的反馈机制，不能保证UE1发送的COT-sharing信息一定能被听到，但是能在一定程度上减少听不到彼此的情况出现。进一步地，基站基于UE1可以参考上述通信方法，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
综上所述，本申请提供了一种通信方法和装置，通过引入UE间的反馈机制，UE1向进行反馈了的UE2分配COT资源，能够减少资源浪费，避免COT被打断；通过UE1的PUCCH资源上报其他UE2在分配的UE1抢占的COT资源的传输情况，以及其他UE通过基站指示的PUCCH资源上报各自在分配的UE1抢占的COT资源上的传输情况，便于后续基站清楚有调度需求的其他UE的传输情况进一步确定调度资源，能够提高频谱资源的利用率，以及提升系统传输性能。
上文结合图1至图17，详细描述了本申请的通信方法侧实施例，下面将结合图18和图19，详细描述本申请的通信装置侧实施例。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。
图18是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图18所示，该装置2000可以包括收发单元2010、处理单元2020和获取单元2030。收发单元2010可以与外部进行通信，处理单元2020用于进行数据处理，获取单元2030用于从外部接收数据，等价于收发单元2010；或者获取单元2030还用于内部进行处理以获取数据，等价于处理单元2020收发单元2010还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。
在一种可能的设计中，该装置2000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第一终端设备(例如，UE1)执行的步骤或者流程，其中，处理单元2020用于执行上文方法实施例中第一终端设备的处理相关的操作，收发单元2010用于执行上文方法实施例中第一终端设备的收发相关的操作。
在另一种可能的设计中，该装置2000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第二终端设备(例如，UE2)执行的步骤或者流程，其中，收发单元2010用于执行上文方法实施例中第二终端设备的收发相关的操作，处理单元2020用于执行上文方法实施例中第二终端设备的处理相关的操作。
在又一种可能的设计中，该装置2000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备(例如，基站)执行的步骤或者流程，其中，收发单元2010用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作，处理单元2020用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关的操作。
应理解，这里的设备2000以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，设备2000可以具体为上述实施例中的发送端，可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与发送端对应的各个流程和/或步骤，或者，设备2000可以具体为上述实施例中的接收端，可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与接收端对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
上述各个方案的设备1200具有实现上述方法中发送端所执行的相应步骤的功能，或者，上述各个方案的设备1200具有实现上述方法中接收端所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块；例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如，收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代，收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代)，其它单元，如处理单元等可以由处理器替代，分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。
此外，上述收发单元还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路)，处理单元可以是处理电路。在本申请的实施例，图18中的装置可以是前述实施例中的接收端或发送端，也可以是芯片或者芯片系统，例如：片上系统(system on chip，SoC)。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口。处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。
图19示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3000。如图19所示，该装置3000包括处理器3010和收发器3020。其中，处理器3010和收发器3020通过内部连接通路互相通信，该处理器3010用于执行指令，以控制该收发器3020发送信号和/或接收信号。
可选地，该装置3000还可以包括存储器3030，该存储器3030与处理器3010、收发器3020通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器3030用于存储指令，该处理器3010可以执行该存储器3030中存储的指令。
在一种可能的实现方式中，装置3000用于实现上述方法实施例中的第一终端设备(例如，UE1)对应的各个流程和步骤。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，装置3000用于实现上述方法实施例中的网络设备(例如，基站)对应的各个流程和步骤。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，装置3000用于实现上述方法实施例中的第二终端设备(例如，UE2)对应的各个流程和步骤。
应理解，设备3000可以具体为上述实施例中的发送端或接收端，也可以是芯片或者芯片系统。对应的，该收发器3020可以是该芯片的收发电路，在此不做限定。具体地，该设备3000可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与发送端或接收端对应的各个步骤和/或流程。
可选地，该存储器3030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3010可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3010执行存储器中存储的指令时，该处理器3010用于执行上述与发送端或接收端对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。本申请实施例中的处理器可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行上述所示实施例中的方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码，当该程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行上述所示实施例中的方法。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者装置等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (49)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述至少一个第二终端设备反馈；
    所述第一终端设备接收第三终端设备的反馈，所述第三终端设备是所述至少一个第二终端设备中进行了反馈的终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于所述第三终端设备的传输，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，所述第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于指示所述至少一个第二终端设备反馈的至少一个资源位置，所述至少一个第二终端设备与所述至少一个资源位置一一对应。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，所述第二信息用于确定将所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给所述至少一个第二终端设备，所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于指示所述至少一个第二终端设备通过第一方式在所述COT内进行反馈，在所述第一终端设备向至少一个第二终端设备发送第一信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备监听所述至少一个第二终端设备在所述第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，所述第一时间段的起始时刻是根据所述第一方式确定的。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备发送所述第一资源指示信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备监听所述第三终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第三终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第三终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第三终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示以下一项或者多项：
    所述至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况；
    所述第三终端设备的传输情况；
    未进行反馈的第四终端设备，所述第四终端设备包含在所述至少一个第二终端设备中；
    未在所述第一资源上传输的第五终端设备；
    在所述第一资源上传输失败的第六终端设备；或者
    在所述第一资源上传输成功的第七终端设备；
    其中，所述第五终端设备、所述第六终端设备和所述第七终端设备包含在所述第三终端设备中。
  8. 根据权利要求3至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送资源请求信息和第四信息，所述资源请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备传输的资源，所述第四信息包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，所述其他终端设备包括所述至少一个第二终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，
    所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  9. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示至少一个第二终端设备在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内的资源上的传输情况；
    所述网络设备根据所述第三信息确定调度资源。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于确定将所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源分配给所述至少一个第二终端设备，所述第二信息包括所述至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收来自所述至少一个第二终端设备的调度请求消息，所述调度请求消息请求用于传输的资源，所述调度请求消息包括所述至少一个第二终端设备的标识信息。
  12. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个第二终端设备的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    第三终端设备在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况，所述第三终端设备是所述至少一个第二终端设备中向所述第一终端设备进行了反馈的终端设备；
    未向所述第一终端设备进行反馈的第四终端设备，所述第四终端设备包含在所述至少一个第二终端设备中；
    未在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输的第五终端设备；
    在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输失败的第六终端设备；或者
    在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上传输成功的第七终端设备；
    其中，所述第五终端设备、所述第六终端设备和所述第七终端设备包含在所述第三终端设备中。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三终端设备在第一终端设备抢占的COT内的资源上的传输情况，包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第三终端设备是否在第一资源上传输；
    所述第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第三终端设备在第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果；
    其中，所述第一资源是用于所述第三终端设备传输的资源。
  14. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的资源请求信息和第四信息，所述资源请求信息用于请求用于所述第一终端设备传输的资源，所述第四信息包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，所述其他终端设备包括所述至少一个第二终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，
    所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  15. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，所述第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况确定第一反馈信息；
    所述第一终端设备向网络设备发送所述第一反馈信息。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备传输占用的所述第一资源。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第二终端设备反馈；
    所述第一终端设备接收所述第二终端设备的反馈。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息，所述第二信息用于确定将所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的所述第一资源分配给所述第二终端设备，所述第二信息包括所述第二终端设备的标识信息。
  19. 根据权利要求15至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收来自所述第二终端设备的反馈消息；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述反馈消息确定所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况。
  20. 根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源指示信息还用于指示所述第二终端设备通过第一方式在所述COT内进行反馈，在所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备监听所述第二终端设备在所述第一终端设备传输后的第一时间段内是否进行反馈，所述第一时间段的起始时刻是根据所述第一方式确定的。
  21. 根据权利要求15至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备获取第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，包括：
    所述第一终端设备监听所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况。
  22. 根据权利要求15至21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第二终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在确定所述第二终端设备未在所述第一资源上传输的情况下，所述第一终端设备在所述第一资源上传输。
  24. 根据权利要求15至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一反馈信息还用于指示以下一项或者多项：
    未在所述第一资源上传输的第三终端设备；
    在所述第一资源上传输失败的第四终端设备；
    在所述第一资源上传输成功的第五终端设备；或者，
    未进行反馈的第六终端设备；
    其中，所述第三终端设备、所述第四终端设备、所述第五终端设备和所述第六终端设备包含在所述第二终端设备中。
  25. 根据权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送资源请求信息和第三信息，所述资源请求信息用于请求所述第一终端设备传输的资源，所述第三信息包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，所述其他终端设备包括所述第二终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，
    所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  26. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，所述第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一反馈信息确定调度资源。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一反馈信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于确定将所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的所述第一资源分配给所述第二终端设备，所述第二信息包括所述第二终端设备的标识信息。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的资源请求信息和第三信息，所述资源请求信息用于请求用于所述第一终端设备传输的资源，所述第三信息包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第一终端设备监听到的其他终端设备的标识信息，所述其他终端设备包括第二终端设备；
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息；或者，
    所述第一终端设备的标识信息。
  29. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道机会时间COT内，所述第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备监听所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况确定是否占用所述第一资源。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在确定所述第二终端设备未在所述第一资源上传输的情况下，所述第一终端设备在所述第一资源上传输。
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源指示信息还用于指示第三终端设备传输占用的第二资源，所述第二资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内，所述第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，所述第二资源所在的时域位于所述第一资源所在的时域之后。
  32. 根据权利要求29至31中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向第三终端设备发送第二资源指示信息，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示第二资源，所述第二资源用于所述第三终端设备的传输，所述第二资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内，所述第二资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源，所述第二资源所在的时域位于所述第一资源所在的时域之后。
  33. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备传输占用的第一资源，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，所述第一资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上进行传输。
  34. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，并向第二终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输资源和第一物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述传输资源和第二PUCCH资源；
    所述网络设备在所述第二PUCCH资源上接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内，所述第一资源包括频域资源和/或时域资源。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第二终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备在所述第一PUCCH资源上接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二反馈信息，所述第二反馈信息用于指示所述第一终端设备在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内的传输情况。
  37. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示传输资源和第二物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；
    所述第二终端设备接收第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备的传输，所述第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内；
    所述第二终端设备根据在所述第一资源的传输情况确定第一反馈信息；
    所述第二终端设备在第二PUCCH资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一反馈信息。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备在第一资源的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第二终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  39. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示传输资源，所述第一指示信息还用于确定将所述第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内的资源分配给第二终端设备，所述第一指示信息包括所述第二终端设备的标识信息；
    所述网络设备向所述第二终端设备发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；
    所述网络设备在所述第二PUCCH资源上接收来自所述第二终端设备的第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况，所述第一资源包含在所述第一终端设备抢占的COT内，所述第二PUCCH资源是根据所述第一资源的传输位置确定的，所述第二PUCCH资源包含在周期性的PUCCH资源。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第二终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  41. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二终端设备接收第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示第一资源，所述第一资源用于所述第二终端设备的传输，所述第一资源包含在第一终端设备抢占的信道占用时间COT内；
    所述第二终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息，所述配置信息用于配置周期性的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；
    所述第二终端设备根据所述第一资源的传输位置确定第二PUCCH资源，所述第二PUCCH资源包含在所述周期性的PUCCH资源；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第二PUCCH资源上向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息，所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输情况。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法，其特征在于，第二终端设备在第一资源上的传输情况包括以下一项或者多项：
    所述第二终端设备是否在所述第一资源上传输；
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输是否有对应的HARQ反馈；或者，
    所述第二终端设备在所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈的结果。
  43. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二PUCCH资源为所述第一资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源；或者，
    所述第二PUCCH资源为所述第一资源上的传输对应的HARQ反馈资源之后间隔第一时隙的首个PUCCH资源。
  44. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括：
    用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求9至14中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求15至25中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求26至28中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求29至32中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求33所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求34至36中任一项所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求37或38所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求39或40所述方法的单元；或者，
    用于执行如权利要求41至43中任一项所述方法的单元。
  45. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合，所述存储器存储有指令，所述指令被所述处理器运行时，使得所述处理器执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求29至32中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求33所述的方法，或执行如权利要求34至36中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求37或38所述的方法，或执行如权利要求39或40所述的方法，或执行如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的方法。
  46. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括逻辑电路，所述逻辑电路用于与输入/输出接口耦合，通过所述输入/输出接口传输数据，以执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求29至32中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求33所述的方法，或执行如权利要求34至36中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求37或38中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求39或40所述的方法，或执行如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的通信装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求29至32中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求33所述的方法，或执行如权利要求34至36中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求37或38中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求39或40所述的方法，或执行如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的方法。
  48. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求29至32中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求33所述的方法，或执行如权利要求34至36中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求37或38中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求39或40所述的方法，或执行如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的方法。
  49. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机实现如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要求29至32中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要33所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要34至36中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要37或38中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要39或40中任一项所述的方法，或者使得所述计算机实现如权利要求41至43中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/106229 2022-07-14 2023-07-07 通信方法和装置 WO2024012355A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210832876.7 2022-07-14
CN202210832876 2022-07-14
CN202210962004.2A CN117460070A (zh) 2022-07-14 2022-08-11 通信方法和装置
CN202210962004.2 2022-08-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024012355A1 true WO2024012355A1 (zh) 2024-01-18

Family

ID=89535592

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/106229 WO2024012355A1 (zh) 2022-07-14 2023-07-07 通信方法和装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024012355A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111800235A (zh) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-20 华为技术有限公司 Cot指示信息的发送方法和装置
CN111970706A (zh) * 2019-01-18 2020-11-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于非授权频谱的无线通信方法和设备
CN112398613A (zh) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 一种用于指示信号传输的方法及装置
US20220095200A1 (en) * 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink feedback preemption and uplink multiplexing in wireless communications
CN114451038A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-05-06 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于上行链路配置授权传输的上行链路控制信息
CN114503769A (zh) * 2019-10-28 2022-05-13 华为技术有限公司 数据的发送、接收方法及装置

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111970706A (zh) * 2019-01-18 2020-11-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于非授权频谱的无线通信方法和设备
CN111800235A (zh) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-20 华为技术有限公司 Cot指示信息的发送方法和装置
CN112398613A (zh) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 一种用于指示信号传输的方法及装置
CN114451038A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-05-06 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于上行链路配置授权传输的上行链路控制信息
CN114503769A (zh) * 2019-10-28 2022-05-13 华为技术有限公司 数据的发送、接收方法及装置
US20220095200A1 (en) * 2020-09-18 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Sidelink feedback preemption and uplink multiplexing in wireless communications

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11304216B2 (en) Signaling mechanisms for sub-band scheduling in sidelink
US10594652B2 (en) Wireless communication utilizing a unified air interface
CN115516906A (zh) Nr-u中侧链路和中继通信的信道访问优先级
WO2020220318A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20220217690A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020220359A1 (zh) 确定harq码本的方法和设备
EP4255081A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
JP2022544204A (ja) ニューラジオ無認可（ｎｒ－ｕ）のための構成済みグラントアップリンク制御情報（ｕｃｉ）多重化
CN109587705B (zh) 通信方法、装置和系统
EP3815442B1 (en) Ultra reliable and low latency communications multi-level pre-emption indication
US20230113672A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback method and terminal device
EP4142413A1 (en) Sidelink feedback method and terminal device
WO2024066145A1 (zh) 侧行通信的方法及装置
US20220116917A1 (en) Resource sharing method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2021127236A1 (en) Modified use of a grant allocation
WO2022076430A1 (en) Direct current (dc) tone indication in sidelink
US20230345426A1 (en) Resource determination method, first terminal device, and second terminal device
US20230217493A1 (en) Systems and techniques for sidelink communication
WO2024012355A1 (zh) 通信方法和装置
KR20200120701A (ko) 채널 전송 방법, 장치 및 컴퓨터 기억 매체
CN115190617A (zh) 用于资源确定的方法及装置
KR20200118455A (ko) Harq 정보의 전송 방법, 장치 및 컴퓨터 기억 매체
WO2022150993A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2023019463A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
WO2023060559A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和终端设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23838847

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1